WO2000001382A1 - Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase - Google Patents

Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2000001382A1
WO2000001382A1 PCT/US1999/014735 US9914735W WO0001382A1 WO 2000001382 A1 WO2000001382 A1 WO 2000001382A1 US 9914735 W US9914735 W US 9914735W WO 0001382 A1 WO0001382 A1 WO 0001382A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
aryl
alkyl
rlo
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1999/014735
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Ian M. Bell
Christopher J. Dinsmore
Gerald E. Stokker
Neville J. Anthony
Douglas C. Beshore
Terrence M. Ciccarone
S. Jane Desolms
Original Assignee
Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck & Co., Inc. filed Critical Merck & Co., Inc.
Priority to JP2000557828A priority Critical patent/JP2002519376A/en
Priority to AU47267/99A priority patent/AU760027B2/en
Priority to CA002336054A priority patent/CA2336054A1/en
Priority to EP99930819A priority patent/EP1091736A4/en
Publication of WO2000001382A1 publication Critical patent/WO2000001382A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4174Arylalkylimidazoles, e.g. oxymetazolin, naphazoline, miconazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/10Antimycotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis

Definitions

  • Ras proteins are part of a signalling pathway that links cell surface growth factor receptors to nuclear signals initiating cellular proliferation.
  • Biological and biochemical studies of Ras action indicate that Ras functions like a G-regulatory protein.
  • Ras In the inactive state, Ras is bound to GDP.
  • Ras Upon growth factor receptor activation Ras is induced to exchange GDP for GTP and undergoes a conformational change.
  • the GTP-bound form of Ras propagates the growth stimulatory signal until the signal is terminated by the intrinsic GTPase activity of Ras, which returns the protein to its inactive GDP bound form (D.R. Lowy and D.M.
  • Mutated ras genes are found in many human cancers, including colorectal carcinoma, exocrine pancreatic carcinoma, and myeloid leukemias.
  • the protein products of these genes are defective in their GTPase activity and constitutively transmit a growth stimulatory signal.
  • Ras must be localized to the plasma membrane for both normal and oncogenic functions. At least 3 post- translational modifications are involved with Ras membrane localization, and all 3 modifications occur at the C-terminus of Ras.
  • the Ras C-terminus contains a sequence motif termed a "CAAX" or box (Cys is cysteine, Aaa is an aliphatic amino acid, the Xaa is any amino acid) (WiUumsen et al, Nature 320:583-586 (1984)).
  • this motif serves as a signal sequence for the enzymes farnesyl-protein transferase or geranylgeranyl-protein transferase, which catalyze the alkylation of the cysteine residue of the CAAX motif with a C15 or C20 isoprenoid, respectively.
  • prenyl-protein transferase may be used to generally refer to farnesyl-protein transferase and geranylgeranyl-protein transferase.
  • the Ras protein is one of several proteins that are known to undergo post-translational farnesylation. Other farnesylated proteins include the Ras-related GTP-binding proteins such as Rho, fungal mating factors, the nuclear lamins, and the gamma subunit of transducin. James, et al., J. Biol. Chem.
  • Farnesyl-protein transferase utilizes farnesyl pyrophosphate to covalently modify the Cys thiol group of the Ras CAAX box with a farnesyl group (Reiss et al, Cell, 62:81-88 (1990); Schaber et al, J. Biol Chem., 265: 14701-14704 (1990); Schafer et al, Science, 249:1133-1139 (1990); Manne et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 57:7541-7545 (1990)).
  • Inhibition of farnesyl pyrophosphate biosynthesis by inhibiting HMG-CoA reductase blocks Ras membrane localization in cultured cells.
  • FPTase farnesyl-protein transferase
  • FPP farnesyl diphosphate
  • Ras protein substrates
  • inhibitors may inhibit protein prenylation while serving as alternate substrates for the farnesyl-protein transferase enzyme, or may be purely competitive inhibitors (U.S. Patent 5,141,851, University of Texas; N.E. Kohl et al, Science,
  • farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitors are inhibitors of proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells and are therefore useful in the prevention and therapy of arteriosclerosis and diabetic disturbance of blood vessels (JP H7- 112930).
  • an object of this invention to develop peptidomimetic compounds that do not have a thiol moiety, and that will inhibit prenyl-protein transferase and thus, the post-translational prenylation of proteins. It is a further object of this invention to develop chemotherapeutic compositions containing the compounds of this invention and methods for producing the compounds of this invention.
  • the present invention comprises peptidomimetic macrocyclic compounds which inhibit the prenyl-protein transferase. Further contained in this invention are chemotherapeutic compositions containing these prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors and methods for their production.
  • the compounds of this invention are useful in the inhibition of prenyl-protein transferase and the prenylation of the oncogene protein Ras.
  • the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula A:
  • Rla, Rlb ? RIC an d Rle a ⁇ e independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R 10 C(O)NRl0-, (RlO) 2 N-C(0)-, CN, N02, (R10)2N-C(NR10)_, RlOc(O)-, RlOOC(O)-, N3,
  • R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO, R 11 e)
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from:
  • R6 and R ⁇ may be joined in a ring
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl,
  • R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br,
  • RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • Rl2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C3 perfluoroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • a 1 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C ⁇ NRiO-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0) m ;
  • a 2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(0)NR 10 -, -NR1 C(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(R10)S(0)2-, S(0) m and -C(Rld) 2 -;
  • W is heteroaryl
  • V is selected from: a) heteroaryl, and b) aryl;
  • X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, -NRl0C(O)-O-, -O-C(O)NRl0-, - NRl0C(O)NRl -, -C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2- and S(0) m ;
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or more of:
  • Cl-8 alkyl C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 , g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
  • Z 2 is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of: 1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 , g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
  • Rla, Rib RIC, Rid an d Rle ar e independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, ) HO,
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO,
  • R6 and R7 may be joined in a ring
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl,
  • R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RIOO-, Rl lS(0) m -, R 10 C(O)NRl0-, (RlO) 2 NC(0)-, Rl0 2 N-C(NRlO)-, CN, N02, Rl°C(0)-, RIOOC(O)-, N3,
  • R!0 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0) m ;
  • a 2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, _S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, S(0) m and -C(Rld)2-;
  • W is heteroaryl
  • V is selected from: a) heteroaryl, and b) aryl;
  • X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(0)NR 10 -, -NR10C(O)-, -NRl0C(O)-O-, -O-C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(0)NR10-, -C(0)NRlOC(0)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(Rl0)S(O)2- and S(0) m ;
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of:
  • Cl-4 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR 4 , or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
  • Z 2 is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of: 1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 , or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
  • n 0, 1 or 2
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • q is 1 or 2
  • r is 0 to 5
  • s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • Rla and Rid is independently selected from hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl
  • Rib, Rl° and Rl e are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(R1°)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) unsubstituted or substituted Cl-C6 alkyl wherein the substitutent on the substituted Cl-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO- and -N(RlO) 2 ;
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocycle, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, RlOC(0)NRlO-, CN, N02, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, R10C(O)-,
  • R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R 10 C(O)NRl0-, CN, N02,
  • Rl lOC(O)NRl0- and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Rl O-, RHS(0) m -, R 10 C(O)NR 1 0-, CN, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, R10C(O)-, -N(R10) 2 , or
  • RI is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(0)NR 10 -, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0) m ;
  • a 2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(Rl0)S(O)2-, S(0) m and -C(Rld) 2 -;
  • V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
  • W is a heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, or isoquinolinyl;
  • X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, )-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is independently substituted with one or two of:
  • Cl-4 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c ) 3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
  • Z 2 is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted independently with one or two of:
  • Cl-4 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
  • n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • q is 1 or 2
  • r is 0 to 5
  • s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • Rla, Rib nd Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • Rl ⁇ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO,
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Rl 2 0-, R!0C(O)NR10-, CN, N02, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO) 2 N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO) 2 , or RHOC(O)NR10- ;
  • R9a is hydrogen or methyl
  • RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, Cl-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl
  • Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl
  • R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
  • V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
  • X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, -NR10C(0)NR10-, -C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is independently substituted with one or two of:
  • Cl-8 alkyl C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 , g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
  • n 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4
  • p 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4
  • r 0 to 5
  • s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • Rla and Rl e are independently selected from hydrogen or Cl-C6 alkyl
  • R b and Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(R 10 )2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOc(O)- or RlO ⁇ C(O)- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, Rl°0-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (RlO) 2 N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, Rl ⁇ C(O)-, -N(RlO) 2 , or RHOC(O)NR10- ;
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, CN, N ⁇ 2, (R10)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-, and c) C1-C alkyl substituted by: unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R!0C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or R11OC(O)NR10- ;
  • R9a is hydrogen or methyl
  • RIO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
  • V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
  • X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, )-, -NRl0c(O)NRl0-, - C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is independently substituted with one or two of:
  • Cl-4 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • p 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • r 0 to 5
  • s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • Rla, Rib and Rl° are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • Rl e is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl°0-, -N(R1°)2 or C2-C alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO,
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Rl 2 0-, R!0C(O)NR10-, CN, N02, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-,
  • R9 is hydrogen or methyl
  • RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • Rl 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
  • V is phenyl or pyridyl
  • X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRlOC(0)NRlO-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or two of:
  • Cl-8 alkyl C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
  • inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula C:
  • Rla and Rl e are independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl
  • Rib and Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl°0-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Rl0c(O)- or RlO ⁇ C(O)- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, Rl°0-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (RlO) 2 N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, RlO ⁇ C(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10- ;
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C perfluoroalkyl, F, CI,
  • RIOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO) 2 N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO) 2 , or RHOC(O)NR10-;
  • R ⁇ is hydrogen or methyl
  • RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
  • X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of:
  • Cl-4 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 or g) -C(0)NR6R7, 2) aryl or heterocycle,
  • n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • r is 0 to 5
  • s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula D:
  • Rla, Rib and R!° are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • Rl e is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(Rl°)2;
  • R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C -C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, aryl, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl, c) halogen, d) HO,
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, R12Q-, R10C(O)NR10-, CN, N ⁇ 2, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO) 2 N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO) 2 , or RHOC(O)NR10-;
  • R9a is hydrogen or methyl
  • RIO and Rl 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
  • X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or two of:
  • Cl-8 alkyl C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
  • n 0, 1 or 2
  • n 0, 1, 2. , 3 or 4
  • p is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4
  • r is 0 to 5
  • s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula D:
  • Rl and R e are independently selected from hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl
  • Rib and Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(R!0)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOc(O)- or RlO ⁇ C(O)- and c) C 1 -C6 alkyl substituted by C 1 -C6 perfluoroalkyl, Rl °0-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, (R10) 2 N-C(NR10)-, RlOc(O)-, RlO ⁇ C(O)-, -N(RlO) 2 , or Rl 10C(0)NR10- ;
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI,
  • R9a is hydrogen or methyl
  • RIO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
  • X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
  • Z is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of: 1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 , or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
  • n 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4
  • p 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4
  • r 0 to 5
  • s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • Rla, Rib and Rl° are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • Rl ⁇ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, aryl, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl, c) halogen, d) HO,
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, R12 0 -, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, CN, N02, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
  • R9a is hydrogen or methyl
  • RIO and Rl 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
  • X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRlOC(0)NRlO-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
  • Z is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or two of:
  • Cl-8 alkyl C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 , g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
  • Rl and Rl e are independently selected from hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl
  • Rib and Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
  • R 4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOC(O)- or
  • R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C 2 -C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, CN, N ⁇ 2, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-,
  • RIOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO) 2 N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO) 2 , or RHOC(O)NR10- ;
  • R9 is hydrogen or methyl
  • RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
  • Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
  • X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O) 2 N(Rl0)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0) m ;
  • Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of:
  • Cl-4 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0) m R 4 or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
  • n 0, 1, 2 , 3 or 4
  • p 2, 3 or 4
  • r 0 to 5
  • s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • t is 1, 2, 3 or 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention are selected from:
  • the compounds of the present invention may have asymmetric centers, chiral axes and chiral planes, and occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual diastereomers, with all possible isomers, including optical isomers, being included in the present invention.
  • any variable e.g. aryl, heterocycle, Rl a , R6 etc.
  • its definition on each occurence is independent at every other occurence.
  • combinations of substituents/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • alkyl is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms; “alkoxy” represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge.
  • Halogen or “halo” as used herein means fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • alkenyl is C2-C6 alkenyl.
  • alkynyl is C2-C6 alkynyl.
  • cycloalkyl is intended to include cyclic saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl is C3-C10 cycloalkyl.
  • examples of such cycloalkyl elements include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring in is intended to include polycyclic saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • Examples of such cycloalkyl groups includes, but are not limited to:
  • C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring is adamantyl.
  • aryl is intended to mean any stable monocyclic or bicyclic carbon ring of up to 7 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic.
  • aryl elements include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, biphenyl, phenanthryl, anthryl or acenaphthyl.
  • heterocycle or heterocyclic represents a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or stable 8- to 11- membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which is either saturated or unsaturated, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • heterocycle or heterocyclic includes heteroaryl moieties.
  • heterocyclic elements include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, chromanyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl sulfone, 1,3-dioxolanyl, furyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, morpholinyl, naphthyrid
  • heteroaryl is intended to mean any stable monocyclic or bicyclic carbon ring of up to 7 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic and wherein from one to four carbon atoms are replaced by heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • heterocyclic elements include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, chromanyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl sulfone, furyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolin
  • substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted aroyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaroyl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted arylsulfonyl, substituted heteroarylsulfonyl and substituted heterocycle include moieties containing from 1 to 3 substituents in addition to the point of attachment to the rest of the compound.
  • such substituents are selected from the group which includes but is not limited to F, CI, Br, CF 3 , NH 2 , N(C r C 6 alkyl) 2 , N0 2 , CN, (C r C 6 alkyl)0-, (aryl)O-, -OH, (C r C 6 alkyl)S(0) m -, (C r C 6 alkyl)C(0)NH-, H 2 N-C(NH)-, (C r C 6 alkyl)C(O)-, (C r C 6 alkyl)OC(O)-, N 3 , (C r C 6 alkyl)OC(0)NH-, phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, furyl, isothiazolyl and Ci-Con alkyl.
  • the substituted C g alkyl, substituted C 2.6 alkenyl, substituted C 2 _ 6 alkynyl, substituted C ⁇ cycloalkyl, substituted aroyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaroyl, substituted arylsulfonyl, substituted heteroarylsulfonyl, substituted heterocycle and substituted Cg. ⁇ multicyclic alkyl ring include moieties containing from 1 to 3 substitutents in addition to the point of attachment to the rest of the compound.
  • Rla and Rib are independently selected from: hydrogen, -N(RlO)2, R10C(O)NR10- or unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl wherein the substituent on the substituted C1-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, -N(RlO)2, RlOO- and R10C(0)NR10-.
  • Rlc is independently selected from: hydrogen, or unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl wherein the substituent on the substituted C1-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, -N(RlO) 2 , RlOO- and R10C(O)NR10-.
  • R4 is unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R6 and R7 is selected from: hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted C1-C alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R9 is hydrogen or methyl.
  • RlO is selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl and benzyl.
  • Al and A 2 are independently selected from a bond, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(R10)- and
  • V is selected from heteroaryl and aryl. More preferably, V is phenyl or pyridyl.
  • X is selected from -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO). and -N(R10)S(0)2-.
  • Zl and Z 2 are independently selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. More preferably, Zl and Z 2 are independently selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted naphthyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, unsubstituted or substituted furanyl and unsubstituted or substituted thienyl. Still more preferably, Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl and unsubstituted or substituted naphthyl. Still more preferably, Z 2 is selected from a bond and unsubstituted or substituted phenyl.
  • W is selected from imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl and pyridyl. Still more preferably, W is selected from imidazolyl and pyridyl.
  • n 0, 1, or 2.
  • r is 1 or 2.
  • p is 1, 2 or 3.
  • s is 0 or 1.
  • R9a and R9b are independently selected from hydrogen or methyl.
  • X is selected from -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(R10)- and S(0) m . It is intended that the definition of any substituent or variable (e.g., Rla, R9, n, etc.) at a particular location in a molecule be independent of its definitions elsewhere in that molecule. Thus, -N(RlO)2 represents -NHH, -NHCH3, -NHC2H5, etc.
  • substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds of the instant invention can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable and that can be readily synthesized by techniques known in the art, as well as those methods set forth below, from readily available starting materials.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include the conventional non-toxic salts of the compounds of this invention as formed, e.g., from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like: and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxy-benzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, trifluoroacetic and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention can be synthesized from the compounds of this invention which contain a basic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, the salts are prepared either by ion exchange chromatography or by reacting the free base with stoichiometric amounts or with an excess of the desired salt-forming inorganic or organic acid in a suitable solvent or various combinations of solvents.
  • Reactions used to generate the compounds of this invention are prepared by employing reactions as shown in the Schemes 1-11, in addition to other standard manipulations such as ester hydrolysis, cleavage of protecting groups, etc., as may be known in the literature or exemplified in the experimental procedures.
  • Substituents Rsub an d Rsub' ? as shown in the Schemes, represent the substituents and substituents on Zl and Z 2 ; however their point of attachment to the ring is illustrative only and is not meant to be limiting.
  • the intramolecular cyclization can be accomplished via an Ullmann reaction.
  • the aldehyde XIV can be converted to the homologous amine XV.
  • Amine XV is then reacted with the previously described benzyloxybenzoic acid XVI to provide intermediate XVII.
  • Intramolecular cyclization may then be affected under Ullmann reaction conditions to provide the amido macrocycle of the instant invention XVIII.
  • Scheme 11 depicts the synthesis of compounds of the instant invention having an imidazolyl moiety incorporated into the macrocyclic ring via different points of attachement.
  • Activated zinc is added to a fluoroaryl methylhalide in THF to form the arylmethyl zinc halide, which is subsequently coupled to an N-protected 4-iodoimidazole to give compound XIX.
  • Regiospecfic alkylation of the imidazole ring is accomplished with ethyl bromoacetate, with subsequent methanolysis of the intermediate imidazolium salt giving XX.
  • Elaboration of XX to the primary amine proceeds through standard chemistry.
  • Acylation of the amine with suitably substituted aryl carboxylic acid provides the intermediate amide, which can then undergo cyclization as described above to provide the compound of the instant invention XXI.
  • the compounds of the invention are selective inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase.
  • a compound is considered a selective inhibitor of farnesyl- protein transferase, for example, when its in vitro farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitory activity, as assessed by the assay described in Example 21, is at least 100 times greater than the in vitro activity of the same compound against geranylgeranyl-protein transferase-type I in the assay described in Example 22.
  • a selective compound exhibits at least 1000 times greater activity against one of the enzymatic activities when comparing geranylgeranyl-protein transferase-type I inhibition and farnesyl-protein transferase inhibition.
  • the selective inhibitor of farnesyl- protein transferase is further characterized by: a) an IC50 (a measure of in vitro inhibitory activity) for inhibition of the prenylation of newly synthesized K-Ras protein more than about 100-fold higher than the EC50 for the inhibition of the farnesylation of hDJ protein.
  • an IC50 a measure of in vitro inhibitory activity
  • the assays described in Example 26 may be utilized.
  • the selective inhibitor of farnesyl- protein transferase is further characterized by: b) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) for inhibition of K4B-Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells at least 100-fold greater than the IC50 for inhibition of the farnesylation of the protein hDJ in cells.
  • the selective inhibitor of farnesyl- protein transferase is further characterized by: c) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H- Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells at least 1000 fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against H-ras-CVLL
  • the compounds of the invention are dual inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase and geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type I. Such a dual inhibitor may be termed a Class II prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor and will exhibit certain characteristics when assessed in in vitro assays, which are dependent on the type of assay employed.
  • the dual inhibitor compound has an in vitro inhibitory activity (IC50) that is less than about 12 ⁇ M against K4B-Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells.
  • the Class II prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor may also be characterized by: a) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) for inhibiting K4B-Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells between 0.1 and 100 times the IC50 for inhibiting the farnesylation of the protein hDJ in cells; and b) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) for inhibiting K4B-Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells greater than 5-fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against expression of the SEAP protein in cells transfected with the pCMV-SEAP plasmid that constitutively expresses the SEAP protein.
  • IC50 a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity
  • the Class II prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor may also be characterized by: a) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H-
  • IC50 inhibitory activity against H-r ⁇ s-CVLL (SEQ.ID.NO.: 1) dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells; and b) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H- r ⁇ s-CVLL dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells greater than 5-fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against expression of the SEAP protein in cells transfected with the pCMV-SEAP plasmid that constitutively expresses the SEAP protein.
  • the Class II prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor may also be characterized by: a) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H-
  • IC50 inhibitory activity against H-r ⁇ s-CVLL (SEQ.ID.NO.: 1) dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells; and b) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H- ras-CVLL dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells greater than 5 fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against expression of the SEAP protein in cells transfected with the pCMV-SEAP plasmid that constitutively expresses the SEAP protein.
  • a compound of the instant invention may be a more potent inhibitor of geranylgeranyl-protein transferase-type I than it is an inhibitor of farnesyl-protein transferase.
  • the instant compounds are useful as pharmaceutical agents for mammals, especially for humans. These compounds may be administered to patients for use in the treatment of cancer. Examples of the type of cancer which may be treated with the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, colorectal carcinoma, exocrine pancreatic carcinoma, myeloid leukemias and neurological tumors.
  • Such tumors may arise by mutations in the ras genes themselves, mutations in the proteins that can regulate Ras activity (i.e., neurofibromin (NF-1), neu, src, abl, lck, fyn) or by other mechanisms.
  • NF-1 neurofibromin
  • src src
  • abl abl
  • lck lck
  • fyn fyn
  • the compounds of the instant invention inhibit prenyl- protein transferase and the prenylation of the oncogene protein Ras.
  • the instant compounds may also inhibit tumor angiogenesis, thereby affecting the growth of tumors (J. Rak et al. Cancer Research, 55:4575- 4580 (1995)).
  • Such anti-angiogenesis properties of the instant compounds may also be useful in the treatment of certain forms of vision deficit related to retinal vascularization.
  • the compounds of this invention are also useful for inhibiting other proliferative diseases, both benign and malignant, wherein Ras proteins are aberrantly activated as a result of oncogenic mutation in other genes (i.e., the Ras gene itself is not activated by mutation to an oncogenic form) with said inhibition being accomplished by the administration of an effective amount of the compounds of the invention to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • a component of NF-1 is a benign proliferative disorder.
  • the instant compounds may also be useful in the treatment of certain viral infections, in particular in the treatment of hepatitis delta and related viruses (J.S. Glenn et al. Science, 256: 1331-1333 (1992).
  • the compounds of the instant invention are also useful in the prevention of restenosis after percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty by inhibiting neointimal formation (C. Indolfi et al. Nature medicine, 1:541-545(1995).
  • the instant compounds may also be useful in the treatment and prevention of polycystic kidney disease (D.L. Schaffner et al. American Journal of Pathology, 142:1051-1060 (1993) and B. Cowley, Jr. et aLFASEB Journal, 2: A3160 (1988)).
  • the instant compounds may also be useful for the treatment of fungal infections.
  • the instant compounds may also be useful as inhibitors of proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells and therefore useful in the prevention and therapy of arteriosclerosis and diabetic vascular pathologies.
  • the compounds of this invention may be administered to mammals, preferably humans, either alone or, preferably, in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents, in a pharmaceutical composition, according to standard pharmaceutical practice.
  • the compounds can be administered orally or parenterally, including the intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration.
  • compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
  • Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium crosscarmellose, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin, polyvinyl- pyrrolidone or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to mask the unpleasant taste of the drug or delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a water soluble taste masking material such as hydroxypropylmethyl- cellulose or hydroxypropylcellulose, or a time delay material such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate buryrate may be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water soluble carrier such as polyethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl- cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as butylated hydroxyanisol or alpha-tocopherol.
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
  • Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in- water emulsions.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsions may also contain sweetening, flavouring agents, preservatives and antioxidants.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring and coloring agents and antioxidant.
  • sweetening agents for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose.
  • Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring and coloring agents and antioxidant.
  • compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous solutions.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable oil-in-water microemulsion where the active ingredient is dissolved in the oily phase.
  • the active ingredient may be first dissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin. The oil solution then introduced into a water and glycerol mixture and processed to form a microemulation.
  • the injectable solutions or microemulsions may be introduced into a patient's blood-stream by local bolus injection. Alternatively, it may be advantageous to administer the solution or microemulsion in such a way as to maintain a constant circulating concentration of the instant compound.
  • a continuous intravenous delivery device may be utilized.
  • An example of such a device is the Deltec CADD-PLUSTM model 5400 intravenous pump.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension for intramuscular and subcutaneous administration. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • Compounds of Formula A may also be administered in the form of a suppositories for rectal administration of the drug.
  • These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non- irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • suitable non- irritating excipient include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
  • compositions, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compound of Formula A are employed.
  • topical application shall include mouth washes and gargles.
  • the compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles and delivery devices, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specific amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specific ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • the daily dosage will normally be determined by the prescribing physician with the dosage generally varying according to the age, weight, sex and response of the individual patient, as well as the severity of the patient's symptoms.
  • a suitable amount of compound is administered to a mammal undergoing treatment for cancer.
  • Administration occurs in an amount between about 0.1 mg/kg of body weight to about 60 mg/kg of body weight per day, preferably of between 0.5 mg/kg of body weight to about 40 mg/kg of body weight per day.
  • the compounds of the instant invention may also be co- administered with other well known therapeutic agents that are selected for their particular usefulness against the condition that is being treated.
  • the compounds of the instant invention may also be co-administered with other well known cancer therapeutic agents that are selected for their particular usefulness against the condition that is being treated. Included in such combinations of therapeutic agents are combinations of the instant prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors and an antineoplastic agent. It is also understood that such a combination of antineoplastic agent and inhibitor of prenyl-protein transferase may be used in conjunction with other methods of treating cancer and/or tumors, including radiation therapy and surgery.
  • antineoplastic agent examples include, in general, microtubule-stabilizing agents (such as paclitaxel (also known as Taxol®), docetaxel (also known as Taxotere®), epothilone A, epothilone B, desoxyepothilone A, desoxy epothilone B or their derivatives); microtubule-disruptor agents; alkylating agents, anti- metabolites; epidophyllotoxin; an antineoplastic enzyme; a topoisomerase inhibitor; procarbazine; mitoxantrone; platinum coordination complexes; biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors; hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, haematopoietic growth factors and antibodies (such as trastuzumab (HerceptinTM)).
  • microtubule-stabilizing agents such as paclitaxel (also known as Taxol®), docetaxel (also known as Taxotere®), epothilone A, epoth
  • Example classes of antineoplastic agents include, for example, the anthracycline family of drugs, the vinca drugs, the mitomycins, the bleomycins, the cytotoxic nucleosides, the taxanes, the epothilones, discodermolide, the pteridine family of drugs, diynenes and the podophyllotoxins.
  • Particularly useful members of those classes include, for example, doxorubicin, carminomycin, daunorubicin, aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, dichloro-methotrexate, mitomycin C, porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxin or podo-phyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate or teniposide, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine, vindesine, leurosine, paclitaxel and the like.
  • antineoplastic agents include estramustine, cisplatin, carboplatin, cyclophosphamide, bleomycin, tamoxifen, ifosamide, melphalan, hexamethyl melamine, thiotepa, cytarabin, idatrexate, trimetrexate, dacarbazine, L-asparaginase, camptothecin, CPT-11, topotecan, ara-C, bicalutamide, flutamide, leuprolide, pyridobenzoindole derivatives, interferons and interleukins.
  • the preferred class of antineoplastic agents is the taxanes and the preferred antineoplastic agent is paclitaxel.
  • Radiation therapy including x-rays or gamma rays which are delivered from either an externally applied beam or by implantation of tiny radioactive sources, may also be used in combination with the instant inhibitor of prenyl-protein transferase alone to treat cancer.
  • compounds of the instant invention may also be useful as radiation sensitizers, as described in WO 97/38697, published on October 23, 1997, and herein inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • the instant compounds may also be useful in combination with other inhibitors of parts of the signaling pathway that links cell surface growth factor receptors to nuclear signals initiating cellular proliferation.
  • the instant compounds may be utilized in combination with farnesyl pyrophosphate competitive inhibitors of the activity of farnesyl-protein transferase or in combination with a compound which has Raf antagonist activity.
  • the instant compounds may also be co-administered with compounds that are selective inhibitors of geranylgeranyl protein transferase.
  • the compound of the instant invention is a selective inhibitor of farnesyl-protein transferase
  • co-administration with a compound(s) that is a selective inhibitor of geranylgeranyl protein transferase may provide an improved therapeutic effect.
  • such administration can be orally or parenterally, including intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration. It is preferred that such administration be orally. It is more preferred that such administration be orally and simultaneously.
  • the protein substrate-competitive inhibitor and farnesyl pyrophosphate-competitive inhibitor are administered sequentially, the administration of each can be by the same method or by different methods.
  • the instant compounds may also be useful in combination with an integrin antagonist for the treatment of cancer, as described in U.S. Ser. No. 09/055,487, filed April 6, 1998, which is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • an integrin antagonist refers to compounds which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to an integrin(s) that is involved in the regulation of angiogenisis, or in the growth and invasiveness of tumor cells.
  • the term refers to compounds which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin, which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to the ⁇ v ⁇ 5 integrin, which antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to both the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin and the v ⁇ 5 integrin, or which antagonize, inhibit or counteract the activity of the particular integrin(s) expressed on capillary endothelial cells.
  • the term also refers to antagonists of the ⁇ l ⁇ l, ⁇ 2 ⁇ l, ⁇ 5 ⁇ l, ⁇ 6 ⁇ l and ⁇ 6 ⁇ 4 integrins.
  • the term also refers to antagonists of any combination of ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin, ⁇ v ⁇ 5 integrin, ⁇ l ⁇ l, ⁇ 2 ⁇ l, ⁇ 5 ⁇ l, ⁇ 6 ⁇ l and ⁇ 6 ⁇ 4 integrins.
  • the instant compounds may also be useful with other agents that inhibit angiogenisis and thereby inhibit the growth and invasiveness of tumor cells, including, but not limited to angiostatin and endostatin.
  • the instant compounds may be useful in combination with agents that are effective in the treatment and prevention of NF-1, restenosis, poly cystic kidney disease, infections of hepatitis delta and related viruses and fungal infections.
  • combination products employ the combinations of this invention within the dosage range described below and the other pharmaceutically active agent(s) within its approved dosage range.
  • Combinations of the instant invention may alternatively be used sequentially with known pharmaceutically acceptable agent(s) when a multiple combination formulation is inappropriate.
  • the compounds of the instant invention are also useful as a component in an assay to rapidly determine the presence and quantity of farnesyl-protein transferase (FPTase) in a composition.
  • FPTase farnesyl-protein transferase
  • the composition to be tested may be divided and the two portions contacted with mixtures which comprise a known substrate of FPTase (for example a tetrapeptide having a cysteine at the amine terminus) and farnesyl pyrophosphate and, in one of the mixtures, a compound of the instant invention.
  • the chemical content of the assay mixtures may be determined by well known immunological, radiochemical or chromatographic techniques. Because the compounds of the instant invention are selective inhibitors of FPTase, absence or quantitative reduction of the amount of substrate in the assay mixture without the compound of the instant invention relative to the presence of the unchanged substrate in the assay containing the instant compound is indicative of the presence of FPTase in the composition to be tested.
  • potent inhibitor compounds of the instant invention may be used in an active site titration assay to determine the quantity of enzyme in the sample.
  • a series of samples composed of aliquots of a tissue extract containing an unknown amount of farnesyl-protein transferase, an excess amount of a known substrate of FPTase (for example a tetrapeptide having a cysteine at the amine terminus) and farnesyl pyrophosphate are incubated for an appropriate period of time in the presence of varying concentrations of a compound of the instant invention.
  • concentration of a sufficiently potent inhibitor i.e., one that has a Ki substantially smaller than the concentration of enzyme in the assay vessel
  • concentration of a sufficiently potent inhibitor i.e., one that has a Ki substantially smaller than the concentration of enzyme in the assay vessel
  • Step A Preparation of l-triphenylmethyl-4- (hvdroxymethyl)imidazole
  • Step E Preparation of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5- (acetoxymethyl)-imidazole hydrobromide
  • Step F Preparation of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5-
  • Step G Preparation of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5-[((3-(3- hydroxyphenyl)propionyl)oxy)methyllimidazole
  • a solution of the alcohol from Step F (79.7 mg, 0.345 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (90.0 mg, 0.345 mmol) in 0.5 mL of THF was added a solution of diethylazodicarboxylate (0.054 mL, 0.345 mmol) and 3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid (57 mg, 0.34 mmol) in 0.5 mL of THF.
  • HPLC analysis indicated 60% conversion.
  • triphenylphosphine 45 mg, 0.17 mmol
  • diethylazodicarboxylate 0.027 mL, 0.17 mmol
  • the solution was concentrated in vacuo, then purified by silica gel chromatography (3% MeOH/CH2 ⁇ 2) to provide the desired product as a white foam.
  • Step H Preparation of Compound 1. hydrochloride salt
  • cesium carbonate 92 mg, 0.28 mmol.
  • the reaction was warmed to 55°C for 20 minutes, then cooled to room temperature.
  • the solution was poured into EtOAc, washed with sat. aq. NaHC ⁇ 3 and brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the titled product was prepared from the alcohol prepared in step F of Example 1 and (3-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid using the procedures described in Steps G and H of Example 1.
  • FAB mass spectrum m/e 346.0 (M+l).
  • Step A Preparation of 3-(3-methoxypheny)-l-phenylpropanol
  • Step B Preparation of l-azido-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-l- phenylpropane
  • triphenylphosphine (1.8g, 6.9 mmol)
  • diethylazodicarboxylate (1.12 mL, 6.9 mmol
  • diphenylphosphoryl azide (1.52 mL, 6.9 mmol.
  • the reaction was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography (2% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide the desired product as a nearly colorless gum.
  • Step E Preparation of 3-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-4-[3-(3- hvdroxyphenyl)- 1 -phenylpropylaminomethyllimidazole
  • a solution of the product from Step D (185 mg. 600 ⁇ mol) and aldehyde from Example Z (100 mg. 500 ⁇ mol) in 3mL of MeOH was treated with 4-methylmo ⁇ holine (55 ⁇ L) to adjust pH to -7.5-8.0 at room temperature.
  • NaBH4 60 mg, 1.5 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was then passed down a silica gel column with (1-10% CH3OH/CHCI3) to provide the desired product.
  • Step A Preparation of ethyl 2-(3 , -methoxyphenyl)benzoate
  • Step B Preparation of 2-(3 , -methoxyphenyl)benzoic acid
  • Step C Preparation of 2-(3 , -hvdroxyphenyl)benzoic acid
  • Step D Preparation of benzyl 2-(3 , -benzyloxyphenyl)benzoate
  • the aqueous layer was extracted further with CH2CI2 (2 x 250 mL).
  • Step F Preparation of 2-azidomethyl-3'-benzyloxybiphenyl
  • 3'-benzyloxybiphenyl-2- yl)methanol from Step E (0.994 g, 3.42 mmol) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (1.13 g, 4.10 mmol) in dry toluene (6 mL) at 0°C, under argon, was added l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0jundec-7-ene (0.62 g, 4.10 mmol) dropwise.
  • the resulting mixture was sti ⁇ ed and allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight.
  • Step G Preparation of 2- ⁇ ⁇ -( ⁇ erf-butyloxycarbonyl)aminomethyl ⁇ -
  • Step I Preparation of 2-fluoro-4-(5- ⁇ [(3'-hydroxybiphenyl-2- ylmethyDaminolmethyl jimidazol- l-ylmethyl)benzonitrile 2-Aminomethyl-3'-hydroxybiphenyl hydrochloride from Step H (129 mg, 0.548 mmol) and l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5- imidazolecarboxaldehyde from Example 3, Step G (132 mg, 0.576 mmol) were sti ⁇ ed in MeOH (2 mL) for 30 min, then NaCNBH3 (38 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added.
  • the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 5 with AcOH, as judged from wetted pH paper, and stirring was continued at ambient temperature for 3 days.
  • the reaction was quenched with 10% aq. citric acid and sti ⁇ ed for 20 min. Sat. aq. NaHC ⁇ 3 (10 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (4 x 20 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S ⁇ 4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the titled product was crystallized from CH2CI2 - hexane and the first crop of white needles used for the next reaction.
  • Step A Preparation of methyl imidazol-4-ylacetate hydrochloride A solution of 4-imidazoleacetic acid hydrochloride (4.0 g, 24.6 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) was saturated with HC1 gas at ambient temperature. Trimethyl orthoformate (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was sti ⁇ ed at ambient temperature overnight then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The solid was redissolved in MeOH (100 mL) and the above procedure repeated to yield the titled compound as a white solid. Step B: Preparation of methyl l-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4- ylacetate
  • Step C Preparation of methyl l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)imidazol- 5-ylacetate
  • Step E Preparation of iV-(3 ' -hydroxybiphenyl-2-ylmethyl)-2- [3-(4- cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-3#-imidazol-4-yllacetamide
  • Step E To a solution of (3'-benzyloxybiphenyl-2-yl)methanol from Example 4, Step E (247 mg, 0.851 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (5 mL) was added thionyl chloride (1.01 g, 8.51 mmol). The reaction mixture was sti ⁇ ed at ambient temperature for 2 hours, then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was concentrated twice from cyclohexane in vacuo to yield the titled compound.
  • Step B Preparation of (3 , -benzyloxybiphenyl-2-yl)acetonitrile
  • Step C Preparation of l-amino-2-(3'-hydroxybiphenyl-2-yl)ethane hydrochloride
  • Step D Preparation of 2-fluoro-4-(5- ⁇ [2-(3 ' -hydroxybiphenyl-2- yDethylaminolmethyl ⁇ imidazol- 1 -ylmethyPbenzonitrile
  • Step G 112 mg, 0.49 mmol were sti ⁇ ed in MeOH (1 mL) for 20 min, then NaCNBH3 (38 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added.
  • the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 5 with AcOH, as judged from wetted pH paper, and stirring was continued at ambient temperature for 18 hours.
  • the reaction was quenched with 10% aq. citric acid and sti ⁇ ed for 20 min. Sat. aq.
  • Step B Preparation of ⁇ . ⁇ -dibromo-4-cyano-3-fluorotoluene
  • Step C Preparation of 4-cyano-3-fluorobenzaldehyde To a solution of ⁇ , ⁇ -dibromo-4-cyano-3-fluorotoluene, as described above in Step B, (5.60 g, 19.1 mmol) in EtOH (255 mL) and water (45 mL) was added AgN03. The mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hrs, then stood at ambient temperature for 18 hrs, then the solid was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of approximately 20 mL. Water (30 mL) was added, and the mixture was concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between sat. aq.
  • Step F Preparation of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l-[l-
  • Step G Preparation of ⁇ 5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hvdroxyethyllimidazol-1-yl ⁇ acetic acid methyl ester
  • l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l-[l- (triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4-yllethanol from Step F 200 mg, 0.42 mmol
  • methyl glycolate 35 mg, 0.39 mmol
  • N,N- diisopropylethylamine 65 mg, 0.51 mmol
  • Step H Preparation of ⁇ 5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hydroxyethyllimidazol-1-yl ⁇ acetic acid, lithium salt
  • a mixture of ⁇ 5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hydroxyethyllimidazol-1-yl ⁇ acetic acid methyl ester from Step G (50 mg, 0.165 mmol) and LiOH (7.3 mg, 0.174 mmol) was sti ⁇ ed in THF (1.7 mL) and H2O (0.3 mL) at ambient temperature for 2 hrs. The solution was adjusted to pH ⁇ 7 by the addition of 1.0 N aq. HC1 and then concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product.
  • Step I Preparation of 2- ⁇ 5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hydroxyethyl]imidazol- 1 -yl ⁇ -N- [2-(3 '-hydroxybiphenyl-2- y Dethyll acetamide
  • N-Bromosuccinimide (6.6 g, 0.037 mol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (150 mL), cooled to 0°C and treated with dimethylsulfide (3.27 mL, 0.0446 mol). The solution was cooled to -20°C and then treated dropwise with a solution of 2-fluoro-4-hydroxymethylbenzonitrile (3.74 g, 0.0248 mol) in CH2CI2 (30 mL). After the addition, the reaction mixture was sti ⁇ ed at 0°C for 2 h then left to warm to ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was added to ice/ H2O, extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer separated, washed with brine and dried (MgS04). Filtration and concentration to dryness gave the title compound which was purified by chromatography (silica gel, 5-
  • Step E Preparation of ⁇ 2-[3-(4-cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-3H- imidazol-4-yll -ethyl 1-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • a solution of Nr-pivaloyloxymethyl-N ⁇ -phthaloyl- histamine J. C. Emmett, F. H. Holloway, and J. L. Turner, J. Chem. Soc, Perkin Trans. 1, 1341, (1979)
  • Step F Preparation of 4-[5-(2-amino-ethyl)-imidazol-l-ylmethyl]-
  • Step G Preparation of N-(2-methoxycarbonylphenyl)-3- phenylmethoxybenzyl amide
  • Step I Preparation of N-(2-hydroxymethylphenyl)-3- hvdroxybenzyl amide
  • Step K Preparation of N-[2-( ⁇ 2-[3-(4-cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-3H- imidazol-4-yl]-ethylamino ⁇ -methyl)-phenyl]-3-hydroxy- benzamide
  • Step A Preparation of 4-[5-(2-amino-ethyl)-2-(methyl)-imidazol-l- ylmethyll-2-fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride
  • Step E the title compound was prepared.
  • Step B Preparation compound 10 Using the procedures described in Example 9, Steps K and L, but substituting 4-[5-(2-amino-ethyl)-2-(methyl)-imidazol-l-ylmethyl]-2- fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride (2.0 g, 6.04 mmol) in place of 4- [5- (2-amino-ethyl)-imidazol- 1 -ylmethyl] -2-fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride in step K the title compound was prepared. FAB mass spectrum m/e 464 (M+l).
  • the titled compound was prepared as in Robert A. Moss, K. W. Alwis, and Jae-Sup Shin, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1984, 106, 2651- 2655.
  • Step B Preparation of N- ⁇ 2-[3-(4-Cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-2- methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl] -ethyl ⁇ -5-hydroxy-2-iodo- benzamide
  • Isoprenyl-protein transferase activity assays are carried out at 30°C unless noted otherwise.
  • a typical reaction contains (in a final volume of 50 ⁇ L): [ ⁇ HJfarnesyl diphosphate, Ras protein , 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 5 mM MgCl2, 5 mM dithiothreitol, 10 ⁇ M ZnCl2, 0.1% polyethyleneglycol (PEG) (15,000-20,000 mw) and isoprenyl-protein transferase.
  • the FPTase employed in the assay is prepared by recombinant expression as described in Omer, C.A., Krai, A.M., Diehl, R.E., Prendergast, G.C., Powers, S., Allen, CM., Gibbs, J.B. and Kohl, N.E. (1993) Biochemistry 32:5167-5176. After thermally pre-equilibrating the assay mixture in the absence of enzyme, reactions are initiated by the addition of isoprenyl-protein transferase and stopped at timed intervals (typically 15 min) by the addition of 1 M HCl in ethanol (1 mL). The quenched reactions are allowed to stand for 15 m (to complete the precipitation process).
  • inhibitors are prepared as concentrated solutions in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide and then diluted 20-fold into the enzyme assay mixture.
  • Substrate concentrations for inhibitor IC50 determinations are as follows: FTase, 650 nM Ras-CVLS (SEQ.ID.NO.: 1), 100 nM farnesyl diphosphate.
  • the compounds of the instant invention are tested for inhibitory activity against human FPTase by the assay described above.
  • the modified geranylgeranyl-protein transferase inhibition assay is carried out at room temperature.
  • a typical reaction contains (in a final volume of 50 ⁇ L): [ ⁇ H] geranylgeranyl diphosphate, biotinylated
  • Ras peptide 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, a modulating anion (for example 10 mM glycerophosphate or 5mM ATP), 5 mM MgCl2, 10 ⁇ M ZnCl2, 0.1% PEG (15,000-20,000 mw), 2 mM dithiothreitol, and geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type I(GGTase).
  • a modulating anion for example 10 mM glycerophosphate or 5mM ATP
  • 2 mM dithiothreitol 2 mM dithiothreitol
  • geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type I(GGTase) The GGTase-type I enzyme employed in the assay is prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,470,832, inco ⁇ o
  • the Ras peptide is derived from the K4B-Ras protein and has the following sequence: biotinyl- GKKKKKKSKTKCVIM (single amino acid code) (SEQ.ID.NO.: 2). Reactions are initiated by the addition of GGTase and stopped at timed intervals (typically 15 min) by the addition of 200 ⁇ L of a 3 mg/mL suspension of streptavidin SPA beads (Scintillation Proximity Assay beads, Amersham) in 0.2 M sodium phosphate, pH 4, containing 50 mM EDTA, and 0.5% BSA. The quenched reactions are allowed to stand for 2 hours before analysis on a Packard TopCount scintillation counter.
  • biotinyl- GKKKKKKSKTKCVIM single amino acid code
  • inhibitors are prepared as concentrated solutions in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide and then diluted 25-fold into the enzyme assay mixture.
  • IC50 values are determined with Ras peptide near KM concentrations. Enzyme and substrate concentrations for inhibitor IC50 determinations are as follows: 75 pM GGTase-I, 1.6 ⁇ M Ras peptide, 100 nM geranylgeranyl diphosphate.
  • the compounds of the instant invention are tested for inhibitory activity against human GGTase-type I by the assay described above.
  • the cell line used in this assay is a v-ras line derived from either Ratl or NIH3T3 cells, which expressed viral Ha-ras p21.
  • the assay is performed essentially as described in DeClue, J.E. et al., Cancer Research 51:712-717, (1991). Cells in 10 cm dishes at 50-75% confluency are treated with the test compound (final concentration of solvent, methanol or dimethyl sulfoxide, is 0.1%). After 4 hours at 37°C, the cells are labeled in 3 ml methionine-free DMEM supplemented with 10% regular DMEM, 2% fetal bovine serum and 400 ⁇ Ci[35S]methionine (1000 Ci/mmol).
  • the cells are lysed in 1 ml lysis buffer (1% NP40/20 mM HEPES, pH 7.5/5 mM MgCl2/lmM DT /10 mg/ml aprotinen/2 mg/ml leupeptin/2 mg/ml antipain/0.5 mM PMSF) and the ly sates cleared by centrifugation at 100,000 x g for 45 min. Aliquots of ly sates containing equal numbers of acid-precipitable counts are bought to 1 ml with IP buffer (lysis buffer lacking DTT) and immuno-precipitated with the ras-specific monoclonal antibody Y13-259 (Furth, M.E. et al., J. Virol.
  • Rat 1 cells transformed with either v-ras, v-raf, or v-mos are seeded at a density of 1 x l ⁇ 4 cells per plate (35 mm in diameter) in a 0.3% top agarose layer in medium A (Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum) over a bottom agarose layer (0.6%). Both layers contain 0.1% methanol or an appropriate concentration of the instant compound (dissolved in methanol at 1000 times the final concentration used in the assay).
  • the cells are fed twice weekly with 0.5 ml of medium A containing 0.1% methanol or the concentration of the instant compound. Photomicrographs are taken 16 days after the cultures are seeded and comparisons are made.
  • the SEAP reporter plasmid, pDSElOO was constructed by ligating a restriction fragment containing the SEAP coding sequence into the plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI.
  • the SEAP gene is derived from the plasmid pSEAP2-Basic (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA).
  • the plasmid pCMV- RE-AKI was constructed by Deborah Jones (Merck) and contains 5 sequential copies of the 'dyad symmetry response element' cloned upstream of a 'CAT-TATA' sequence derived from the cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter.
  • the plasmid also contains a bovine growth hormone poly-A sequence.
  • the plasmid, pDSElOO was constructed as follows. A restriction fragment encoding the SEAP coding sequence was cut out of the plasmid pSEAP2-Basic using the restriction enzymes EcoRI and Hpal. The ends of the linear DNA fragments were filled in with the Klenow fragment of E. coli DNA Polymerase I. The 'blunt ended' DNA containing the SEAP gene was isolated by electrophoresing the digest in an agarose gel and cutting out the 1694 base pair fragment. The vector plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI was linearized with the restriction enzyme Bgl-II and the ends filled in with Klenow DNA Polymerase I.
  • the SEAP DNA fragment was blunt end ligated into the pCMV-RE- AKI vector and the ligation products were transformed into DH5-alpha E. coli cells (Gibco-BRL). Transformants were screened for the proper insert and then mapped for restriction fragment orientation. Properly oriented recombinant constructs were sequenced across the cloning junctions to verify the co ⁇ ect sequence. The resulting plasmid contains the SEAP coding sequence downstream of the DSE and CAT-TATA promoter elements and upstream of the BGH poly-A sequence.
  • the SEAP repotrer plasmid, pDSElOl is also constructed by ligating a restriction fragment containing the SEAP coding sequence into the plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI.
  • the SEAP gene is derived from plasmid pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP.
  • the plasmid pDSElOl was constructed as follows: A restriction fragment containing part of the SEAP gene coding sequence was cut out of the plasmid pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP using the restriction enzymes Apa I and Kpnl. The ends of the linear DNA fragments were chewed back with the Klenow fragment of E. coli DNA Polymerase I. The "blunt ended" DNA containing the truncated SEAP gene was isolated by electrophoresing the digest in an agarose gel and cutting out the 1910 base pair fragment. This 1910 base pair fragment was ligated into the plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI which had been cut with Bgl-II and filled in with E. coli Klenow fragment DNA polymerase.
  • the plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI is derived from plasmid pCMVIE-AKI-DHFR (Whang , Y., Silberklang, M., Morgan, A.,
  • the plasmid pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP was constructed as follows.
  • the SEAP gene was PCRed, in two segments from a human placenta cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligos.
  • Sense strand N-terminal SEAP 5' GAGAGGGAATTCGGGCCCTTCCTGCAT GCTGCTGCTGCTGCTGCTGCTGGGC 3' (SEQ.ID.NO. :4)
  • Antisense strand N-terminal SEAP 5' GAGAGAGCTCGAGGTTAACCCGGGT GCGCGGCGTCGGTGGT 3' (SEQ.ID.NO.:5)
  • Sense strand C-terminal SEAP 5' GAGAGAGTCTAGAGTTAACCCGTGGTCC CCGCGTTGCTTCCT 3' (SEQ.ID.NO. :6)
  • Antisense strand C-terminal SEAP 5' GAAGAGGAAGCTTGGTACCGCCACTG GGCTGTAGGTGGTGGCT 3' (SEQ.ID.NO. :7)
  • the N-terminal oligos (SEQ.ID.NO.: 4 and SEQ.ID.NO.: 5) were used to generate a 1560 bp N-terminal PCR product that contained EcoRI and Hpal restriction sites at the ends.
  • the Antisense N-terminal oligo (SEQ.ID.NO.: 5) introduces an internal translation STOP codon within the SEAP gene along with the Hpal site.
  • the C-terminal oligos (SEQ.ID.NO.: 6 and SEQ.ID.NO.: 7) were used to amplify a 412 bp C- terminal PCR product containing Hpal and Hindlll restriction sites.
  • the sense strand C-terminal oligo introduces the internal STOP codon as well as the Hpal site.
  • the N-terminal amplicon was digested with EcoRI and Hpal while the C-terminal amplicon was digested with Hpal and Hindlll.
  • the two fragments comprising each end of the SEAP gene were isolated by electro- phoresing the digest in an agarose gel and isolating the 1560 and 412 base pair fragments. These two fragments were then co-ligated into the vector pGEM7zf(-) (Promega) which had been restriction digested with EcoRI and Hindlll and isolated on an agarose gel.
  • the resulting clone, pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP contains the coding sequence for the SEAP gene from amino acids.
  • a constitutively expressing SEAP plasmid pCMV-SEAP-A An expression plasmid constitutively expressing the SEAP protein was created by placing the sequence encoding a truncated SEAP gene downstream of the cytomegalovirus (CMV) IE-1 promoter.
  • the expression plasmid also includes the CMV intron A region 5' to the SEAP gene as well as the 3' untranslated region of the bovine growth hormone gene 3' to the SEAP gene.
  • the plasmid pCMVIE-AKI-DHFR (Whang , Y., Silberklang, M., Morgan, A., Munshi, S., Lenny, A.B., Ellis, R.W., and Kieff, E. (1987) J. Virol., 61:1796-1807) containing the CMV immediate early promoter was cut with EcoRI generating two fragments. The vector fragment was isolated by agarose electrophoresis and religated. The resulting plasmid is named pCMV-AKI. Next, the cytomegalovirus intron A nucleotide sequence was inserted downstream of the CMV IE1 promter in pCMV-AKI.
  • the intron A sequence was isolated from a genomic clone bank and subcloned into pBR322 to generate plasmid pl6T-286.
  • the intron A sequence was mutated at nucleotide 1856 (nucleotide numbering as in Chapman, B.S., Thayer, R.M., Vincent, K.A. and Haigwood, N.L., Nuc.Acids Res. 19, 3979- 3986) to remove a Sad restriction site using site directed mutagenesis.
  • the mutated intron A sequence was PCRed from the plasmid pl6T-287 using the following oligos.
  • Sense strand 5' GGCAGAGCTCGTTTAGTGAACCGTCAG 3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 8)
  • Antisense strand 5' GAGAGATCTCAAGGACGGTGACTGCAG 3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 9)
  • Sad site inco ⁇ orated by the sense oligo and a Bgl-II fragment inco ⁇ orated by the antisense oligo The PCR fragment is uimmed with Sad and Bgl-II and isolated on an agarose gel.
  • the vector pCMV-AKI is cut with Sad and Bgl-II and the larger vector fragment isolated by agarose gel electrophoresis. The two gel isolated fragments are ligated at their respective Sad and Bgl-II sites to create plasmid pCMV-AKI- InA.
  • the DNA sequence encoding the truncated SEAP gene is inserted into the pCMV-AKI-InA plasmid at the Bgl-II site of the vector.
  • the SEAP gene is cut out of plasmid pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP (described above) using EcoRI and Hindlll. The fragment is filled in with Klenow DNA polymerase and the 1970 base pair fragment isolated from the vector fragment by agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • the pCMV- AKI-InA vector is prepared by digesting with Bgl-II and filling in the ends with Klenow DNA polymerase. The final construct is generated by blunt end ligating the SEAP fragment into the pCMV- AKI-InA vector.
  • Transformants were screened for the proper insert and then mapped for restriction fragment orientation. Properly oriented recombinant constructs were sequenced across the cloning junctions to verify the co ⁇ ect sequence.
  • the resulting plasmid named pCMV-SEAP-A (deposited in the ATCC under Budapest Treaty on August 27, 1998, and designated ATCC), contains a modified SEAP sequence downstream of the cytomegalovirus immediately early promoter IE-1 and intron A sequence and upstream of the bovine growth hormone poly-A sequence.
  • the plasmid expresses SEAP in a constitutive manner when transfected into mammalian cells.
  • An expression plasmid constitutively expressing the SEAP protein can be created by placing the sequence encoding a truncated SEAP gene downstream of the cytomegalovirus (CMV) IE-1 promoter and upstream of the 3' unstranslated region of the bovine growth hormone gene.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • the plasmid pCMVIE-AKI-DHFR (Whang , Y., Silberklang, M., Morgan, A., Munshi, S., Lenny, A.B., Ellis, R.W., and Kieff, E. (1987) J. Virol., 61:1796-1807) containing the CMV immediate early promoter and bovine growth hormone poly-A sequence can be cut with EcoRI generating two fragments. The vector fragment can be isolated by agarose electrophoresis and religated. The resulting plasmid is named pCMV-AKI.
  • the DNA sequence encoding the truncated SEAP gene can be inserted into the pCMV-AKI plasmid at a unique Bgl-II in the vector.
  • the SEAP gene is cut out of plasmid pGEMzf(-)/SEAP (described above) using EcoRI and Hindlll. The fragments are filled in with Klenow DNA polymerase and the 1970 base pair fragment is isolated from the vector fragment by agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • the pCMV-AKI vector is prepared by digesting with Bgl-II and filling in the ends with Klenow DNA polymerase. The final construct is generated by blunt end ligating the SEAP fragment into the vector and transforming the ligation reaction into E. coli DH5 ⁇ cells.
  • Transformants can then be screened for the proper insert and mapped for restriction fragment orientation. Properly oriented recombinant constructs would be sequenced across the cloning junctions to verify the co ⁇ ect sequence.
  • the resulting plasmid named pCMV-SEAP-B contains a modified SEAP sequence downstream of the cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter, IE1, and upstream of a bovine growth hormone poly-A sequence.
  • the plasmid would express SEAP in a constitutive nammer when transfected into mammalian cells.
  • a DNA fragment containing viral-H-ras can be PCRed from plasmid "HB-11 (deposited in the ATCC under Budapest Treaty on August 27, 1997, and designated ATCC 209,218) using the following oligos.
  • the sense strand oligo also optimizes the 'Kozak' translation initiation sequence immediately 5' to the ATG start site.
  • cysteine 186 would be mutated to a serine by substituting a G residue for a C residue in the C- terminal antisense oligo.
  • the PCR primer oligos introduce an Xhol site at the 5' end and a Xbal site at the 3 'end.
  • the Xhol-Xbal fragment can be ligated into the mammalian expression plasmid pCI (Promega) cut with Xhol and Xbal. This results in a plasmid, pSMS600, in which the recombinant myr-viral-H-ras gene is constitutively transcribed from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector.
  • a viral-H-r ⁇ s clone with a C-terminal sequence encoding the amino acids CVLL can be cloned from the plasmid "HB-l l" by PCR using the following oligos.
  • Antisense strand
  • the sense strand oligo optimizes the 'Kozak' sequence and adds an Xhol site.
  • the antisense strand mutates serine 189 to leucine and adds an Xbal site.
  • the PCR fragment can be trimmed with Xhol and Xbal and ligated into the Xhol-Xbal cut vector pCI (Promega). This results in a plasmid, pSMS601, in which the mutated viral-H-ras- CVLL gene is constitutively transcribed from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector. Cloning of cellular-H-r ⁇ s-Leu61 expression plasmid pSMS620
  • the human cellular-H-r ⁇ s gene can be PCRed from a human cerebral cortex cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligonucleotide primers.
  • Antisense strand
  • the primers will amplify a c-H-Ras encoding DNA fragment with the primers contributing an optimized 'Kozak' translation start sequence, an EcoRI site at the N-terminus and a Sal I site at the C- terminal end.
  • the c-H-ras fragment can be ligated ligated into an EcoRI -Sal I cut mutagenesis vector p Alter- 1 (Promega). Mutation of glutamine-61 to a leucine can be accomplished using the manufacturer's protocols and the following oligonucleotide:
  • the mutated c-H-ra ⁇ -Leu61 can be excised from the pAlter- 1 vector, using EcoRI and Sal I, and be directly ligated into the vector pCI (Promega) which has been digested with EcoRI and Sal I.
  • the new recombinant plasmid, pSMS620 will constitutively transcribe c-H-ras- Leu61 from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector.
  • the human c-N-ras gene can be PCRed from a human cerebral cortex cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligonucleotide primers.
  • Antisense strand
  • the primers will amplify a c-N-Ras encoding DNA fragment with the primers contributing an optimized 'Kozak' translation start sequence, an EcoRI site at the N-terminus and a Sal I site at the C- terminal end.
  • the c-N-ras fragment can be ligated into an EcoRI -Sal I cut mutagenesis vector p Alter- 1 (Promega). Mutation of glycine- 12 to a valine can be accomplished using the manufacturer's protocols and the following oligonucleotide:
  • the mutated c-N-ras-Val-12 can be excised from the pAlter- 1 vector, using EcoRI and Sal I, and be directly ligated into the vector pCI (Promega) which has been digested with EcoRI and Sal I.
  • the new recombinant plasmid, pSMS630 will constitutively transcribe c-N-ras- Val-12 from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector.
  • the human c-K4B-r ⁇ s gene can be PCRed from a human cerebral cortex cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligonucleotide primers.
  • Antisense strand
  • the primers will amplify a c-K4B-Ras encoding DNA fragment with the primers contributing an optimized 'Kozak' translation start sequence, a Kpnl site at the N-terminus and a Sal I site at the C- terminal end.
  • the c-K4B-ras fragment can be ligated into a Kpnl -Sal I cut mutagenesis vector p Alter- 1 (Promega). Mutation of cysteine- 12 to a valine can be accomplished using the manufacturer's protocols and the following oligonucleotide:
  • the mutated c-K4B-ras-Val-12 can be excised from the pAlter-1 vector, using Kpnl and Sal I, and be directly ligated into the vector pCI (Promega) which has been digested with Kpnl and Sal I.
  • the new recombinant plasmid will constitutively transcribe c-K4B-r ⁇ zs- Val-12 from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector.
  • the human c-K4A-ras gene can be PCRed from a human cerebral cortex cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligonucleotide primers.
  • Antisense strand 5'-
  • the primers will amplify a c-K4A-Ras encoding DNA fragment with the primers contributing an optimized 'Kozak' translation start sequence, a Kpnl site at the N-terminus and a Sal I stite at the C- terminal end.
  • the c-K-ras4A fragment can be ligated into a Kpnl -Sal I cut mutagenesis vector pAlter-1 (Promega). Mutation of cysteine- 12 to a valine can be accomplished using the manufacturer's protocols and the following oligonucleotide:
  • the mutated c-K4A-r ⁇ .s-Val-12 can be excised from the pAlter-1 vector, using Kpnl and Sal I, and be directly ligated into the vector pCI (Promega) which has been digested with Kpnl and Sal I.
  • the new recombinant plasmid, pSMS650 will constitutively transcribe c-K4A-r ⁇ s-Val-12 from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector.
  • Human C33A cells (human epitheial carcenoma - ATTC collection) are seeded in 10cm tissue culture plates in DMEM + 10% fetal calf serum + IX Pen Strep + IX glutamine + IX NEAA. Cells are grown at 37°C in a 5% C ⁇ 2 atmosphere until they reach 50 -80% of confluency.
  • the transient transfection is performed by the CaP04 method (Sambrook et al., 1989).
  • expression plasmids for H-ras, N-ras, K-ras, Myi-ras or H-r ⁇ s-CVLL are co-precipitated with the DSE-SEAP reporter construct.
  • a ras expression plasmid is not included when the cell is transfected with the pCMV-SEAP plasmid.
  • For 10 cm plates 600 ⁇ l of CaCl2 -DNA solution is added dropwise while vortexing to 600 ⁇ l of 2X HBS buffer to give 1.2 ml of precipitate solution (see recipes below). This is allowed to sit at room temperature for 20 to 30 minutes.
  • the cells are washed with PBS and trypsinized with 1ml of 0.05% trypsin.
  • the 1 ml of trypsinized cells is diluted into 10ml of phenol red free DMEM + 0.2% charcoal stripped calf serum + IX (Pen/Strep, Glutamine and NEAA ).
  • Transfected cells are plated in a 96 well microtiter plate (100 ⁇ l/well) to which drug, diluted in media, has already been added in a volume of 100 ⁇ l. The final volume per well is 200 ⁇ l with each drug concentration repeated in triplicate over a range of half-log steps. Incubation of cells and drugs is for 36 hrs at 37°C under
  • the heat treated media is assayed for alkaline phosphatase by a luminescence assay using the luminescence reagent CSPD® (Tropix, Bedford, Mass.). A volume of 50 ⁇ l media is combined with 200 ⁇ l of CSPD cocktail and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. Luminesence is monitored using an ML2200 microplate luminometer (Dynatech). Luminescence reflects the level of activation of the fos reporter construct stimulated by the transiently expressed protein.
  • DNA-CaPO d precipitate for 10cm. plate of cells
  • PSN-1 human pancreatic carcinoma
  • viral-K4B-ras- transformed Ratl cells are used for analysis of protein processing.
  • Subconfluent cells in 100 mm dishes are fed with 3.5 ml of media (methionine-free RPMI supplemented with 2% fetal bovine serum or cysteine-free/methionine-free DMEM supplemented with 0.035 ml of 200 mM glutamine (Gibco), 2% fetal bovine serum, respectively) containing the desired concentration of test compound, lovastatin or solvent alone.
  • media methionine-free RPMI supplemented with 2% fetal bovine serum or cysteine-free/methionine-free DMEM supplemented with 0.035 ml of 200 mM glutamine (Gibco), 2% fetal bovine serum, respectively
  • Test compounds are prepared as lOOOx concentrated solutions in DMSO to yield a final solvent concentration of 0.1%. Following incubation at 37°C for two hours 204 ⁇ Ci/ml [35s]Pro-Mix (Amersham, cell labeling grade) is added. After introducing the label amino acid mixture, the cells are incubated at 37°°C for an additional period of time (typically 6 to 24 hours). The media is then removed and the cells are washed once with cold PBS.
  • the cells are scraped into 1 ml of cold PBS, collected by centrifugation (10,000 x g for 10 sec at room temperature), and lysed by vortexing in 1 ml of lysis buffer (1% Nonidet P-40, 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS, 1 mM DTT, 10 ⁇ g/ml AEBSF, 10 ⁇ g/ml aprotinin, 2 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin and 2 ⁇ g/ml antipain). The lysate is then centrifuged at 15,000 x g for 10 min at 4°C and the supernatant saved.
  • lysis buffer 1% Nonidet P-40, 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS, 1 mM DTT, 10 ⁇ g/m
  • Ki4B-Ras For immunoprecipitation of Ki4B-Ras, samples of lysate supernatant containing equal amounts of protein are utilized. Protein concentration is determined by the bradford method utilizing bovine serum albumin as a standard. The appropriate volume of lysate is brought to 1 ml with lysis buffer lacking DTT and 8 ⁇ g of the pan Ras monoclonal antibody, Y 13-259, added. The protein/antibody mixture is incubated on ice at 4°C for 24 hours. The immune complex is collected on pansorbin (Calbiochem) coated with rabbit antiserum to rat IgG (Cappel) by tumbling at 4°C for 45 minutes.
  • pansorbin Calbiochem
  • the pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of lysis buffer lacking DTT and protease inhibitors and resuspended in 100 ⁇ l elution buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 1% SDS).
  • the Ras is eluted from the beads by heating at 95 °C for 5 minutes, after which the beads are pelleted by brief centrifugation (15,000 x g for 30 sec. at room temperature). The supernatant is added to 1 ml of Dilution Buffer 0.1%
  • Triton X-100 5 mM EDTA, 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris pH 7.4 with 2 ⁇ g Kirsten-ras specific monoclonal antibody, c-K-ras Ab-1 (Calbiochem).
  • the second protein/antibody mixture is incubated on ice at 4°C for 1-2 hours.
  • the immune complex is collected on pansorbin (Calbiochem) coated with rabbit antiserum to rat IgG (Cappel) by tumbling at 4°C for 45 minutes.
  • the pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of lysis buffer lacking DTT and protease inhibitors and resuspended in Laemmli sample buffer.
  • the Ras is eluted from the beads by heating at 95 °C for 5 minutes, after which the beads are pelleted by brief centrifugation. The supernatant is subjected to SDS-PAGE on a 12% acrylamide gel (bis-acrylamide:acrylamide, 1:100), and the Ras visualized by fluorography.
  • hDJ processing inhibition assay PSN-1 cells are seeded in 24- well assay plates. For each compound to be tested, the cells are treated with a minimum of seven concentrations in half-log steps. The final solvent (DMSO) concentration is 0.1%. A vehicle-only control is included on each assay plate. The cells are treated for 24 hours at 37°C / 5% C02- The growth media is then aspirated and the samples are washed with PBS. The cells are lysed with SDS-PAGE sample buffer containing 5% 2-mercaptoethanol and heated to 95°C for 5 minutes. After cooling on ice for 10 minutes, a mixture of nucleases is added to reduce viscosity of the samples.
  • DMSO final solvent
  • the plates are incubated on ice for another 10 minutes.
  • the samples are loaded onto pre-cast 8% acrylamide gels and electrophoresed at 15 mA/gel for 3-4 hours.
  • the samples are then transfe ⁇ ed from the gels to PVDF membranes by Western blotting.
  • the membranes are blocked for at least 1 hour in buffer containing 2% nonfat dry milk.
  • the membranes are then treated with a monoclonal antibody to hDJ-2 (Neomarkers Cat. # MS-225), washed, and treated with an alkaline phosphatase-conjugated secondary antibody.
  • the membranes are then treated with a fluorescent detection reagent and scanned on a phosphorimager.
  • the percent of total signal co ⁇ esponding to the unprenylated species of hDJ is calculated by densitometry.
  • Dose-response curves and EC50 values are generated using 4-parameter curve fits in SigmaPlot software.
  • Rapl processing inhibition assay Protocol A Cells are labeled, incubated and lysed as described in
  • Rapl For immunoprecipitation of Rapl, samples of lysate supernatant containing equal amounts of protein are utilized. Protein concentration is determined by the bradford method utilizing bovine serum albumin as a standard. The appropriate volume of lysate is brought to 1 ml with lysis buffer lacking DTT and 2 ⁇ g of the Rapl antibody, Rapl/Krevl (121) (Santa Cruz Biotech), is added. The protein/antibody mixture is incubated on ice at 4°C for 1 hour. The immune complex is collected on pansorbin (Calbiochem) by tumbling at 4°C for 45 minutes.
  • the pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of lysis buffer lacking DTT and protease inhibitors and resuspended in 100 ⁇ l elution buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 1% SDS).
  • the Rapl is eluted from the beads by heating at 95 °C for 5 minutes, after which the beads are pelleted by brief centrifugation (15,000 x g for 30 sec. at room temperature).
  • the supernatant is added to 1 ml of Dilution Buffer (0.1% Triton X-100, 5 mM EDTA, 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris pH 7.4) with 2 ⁇ g Rapl antibody, Rapl/Krevl (121) (Santa Cruz Biotech).
  • the second protein/antibody mixture is incubated on ice at 4°C for 1-2 hours.
  • the immune complex is collected on pansorbin (Calbiochem) by tumbling at 4°C for 45 minutes.
  • the pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of lysis buffer lacking DTT and protease inhibitors and resuspended in Laemmli sample buffer.
  • Rapl is eluted from the beads by heating at 95 °C for 5 minutes, after which the beads are pelleted by brief centrifugation. The supernatant is subjected to SDS-PAGE on a 12% acrylamide gel (bis-acrylamide:acrylamide, 1: 100), and the Rapl visualized by fluorography.
  • PSN-1 cells are passaged every 3-4 days in 10cm plates, splitting near-confluent plates 1:20 and 1:40. The day before the assay is set up, 5x 106 cells are plated on 15 cm plates to ensure the same stage of confluency in each assay. The media for these cells is RPMI 1640 (Gibco), with 15% fetal bovine serum and lx Pen/Strep antibiotic mix.
  • cells are collected from the 15 cm plates by trypsinization and diluted to 400,000 cells/ml in media. 0.5 ml of these diluted cells are added to each well of 24-well plates, for a final cell number of 200,000 per well. The cells are then grown at 37°C overnight.
  • the compounds to be assayed are diluted in DMSO in 1/2- log dilutions.
  • the range of final concentrations to be assayed is generally 0.1-100 ⁇ M. Four concentrations per compound is typical.
  • the compounds are diluted so that each concentration is lOOOx of the final concentration (i.e., for a 10 ⁇ M data point, a 10 mM stock of the compound is needed).
  • each lOOOx compound stock is diluted into 1 ml media to produce a 2X stock of compound.
  • a vehicle control solution (2 ⁇ L DMSO to 1 ml media), is utilized. 0.5 ml of the 2X stocks of compound are added to the cells.
  • the media is aspirated from the assay plates. Each well is rinsed with 1ml PBS, and the PBS is aspirated. 180 ⁇ L SDS-PAGE sample buffer (Novex) containing 5% 2-mercapto-ethanol is added to each well. The plates are heated to 100°C for 5 minutes using a heat block containing an adapter for assay plates. The plates are placed on ice. After 10 minutes, 20 ⁇ L of an RNAse/DNase mix is added per well. This mix is 1 mg/ml DNasel (Worthington Enzymes), 0.25 mg/ml Rnase A (Worthington Enzymes), 0.5 M Tris-HCl ⁇ H8.0 and 50 mM MgCl2. The plate is left on ice for 10 minutes. Samples are then either loaded on the gel, or stored at -70°C until use.
  • Each assay plate (usually 3 compounds, each in 4-point titrations, plus controls) requires one 15-well 14% Novex gel. 25 ⁇ l of each sample is loaded onto the gel. The gel is run at 15 mA for about 3.5 hours. It is important to run the gel far enough so that there will be adequate separation between 21kd (Rapl) and 29kd (Rab6).
  • the gels are then transfe ⁇ ed to Novex pre-cut PVDF membranes for 1.5 hours at 30V (constant voltage). Immediately after transfe ⁇ ing, the membranes are blocked overnight in 20 ml Western blocking buffer (2% nonfat dry milk in Western wash buffer (PBS + 0.1% Tween-20). If blocked over the weekend, 0.02% sodium azide is added. The membranes are blocked at 4°C with slow rocking.
  • the blocking solution is discarded and 20ml fresh blocking solution containing the anti Rapla antibody (Santa Cruz Biochemical SC1482) at 1:1000 (diluted in Western blocking buffer) and the anti Rab6 antibody (Santa Cruz Biochemical SC310) at 1:5000 (diluted in Western blocking buffer) are added.
  • the membranes are incubated at room temperature for 1 hour with mild rocking.
  • the blocking solution is then discarded and the membrane is washed 3 times with Western wash buffer for 15 minutes per wash.
  • ECF overhead transparency
  • the developed transparency sheet is scanned on a phosphorimager and the Rapla Minimum Inhibitory Concentration is determined from the lowest concentration of compound that produces a detectable Rapla Western signal.
  • the Rapla antibody used recognizes only unprenylated/unprocessed Rapla, so that the precence of a detectable Rapla Western signal is indicative of inhibition of Rapla prenylation.
  • This protocol allows the determination of an EC50 for inhibition of processing of Rapla.
  • the assay is run as described in Protocol B with the following modifications. 20 ⁇ l of sample is run on pre-cast 10-20% gradient acrylamide mini gels (Novex Inc.) at 15 mA/gel for 2.5-3 hours. Prenylated and unprenylated forms of Rapla are detected by blotting with a polyclonal antibody (Rapl/Krev-1 Ab#121;Santa Cruz Research Products #sc-65), followed by an alkaline phosphatase-conjugated anti-rabbit IgG antibody. The percentage of unprenylated Rapla relative to the total amount of Rapla is determined by peak integration using Imagequant® software (Molecular Dynamics).
  • Unprenylated Rapla is distinguished from prenylated protein by virtue of the greater apparent molecular weight of the prenylated protein. Dose-response curves and EC50 values are generated using 4-parameter curve fits in SigmaPlot software.
  • Rodent fibroblasts transformed with oncogenically mutated human Ha-ras or Ki-ras (10 cells/animal in 1 ml of DMEM salts) are injected subcutaneously into the left flank of 8-12 week old female nude mice (Harlan) on day 0.
  • the mice in each oncogene group are randomly assigned to a vehicle, compound or combination treatment group. Animals are dosed subcutaneously starting on day 1 and daily for the duration of the experiment.
  • the farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitor may be administered by a continuous infusion pump.
  • Compound, compound combination or vehicle is delivered in a total volume of 0.1 ml. Tumors are excised and weighed when all of the vehicle-treated animals exhibited lesions of 0.5 - 1.0 cm in diameter, typically 11-15 days after the cells were injected. The average weight of the tumors in each treatment group for each cell line is calculated.

Abstract

The present invention is directed to peptidomimetic macrocyclic compounds which inhibit prenyl-protein transferase and the prenylation of the oncogene protein Ras. The invention is further directed to chemotherapeutic compositions containing the compounds of this invention and methods for inhibiting prenyl-protein transferase and the prenylation of the oncogene protein Ras.

Description

TITLE OF THE INVENTION
INHIBITORS OF PRENYL-PROTEIN TRANSFERASE
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The Ras proteins (Ha-Ras, Ki4a-Ras, Ki4b-Ras and N-Ras) are part of a signalling pathway that links cell surface growth factor receptors to nuclear signals initiating cellular proliferation. Biological and biochemical studies of Ras action indicate that Ras functions like a G-regulatory protein. In the inactive state, Ras is bound to GDP. Upon growth factor receptor activation Ras is induced to exchange GDP for GTP and undergoes a conformational change. The GTP-bound form of Ras propagates the growth stimulatory signal until the signal is terminated by the intrinsic GTPase activity of Ras, which returns the protein to its inactive GDP bound form (D.R. Lowy and D.M. WiUumsen, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:851-891 (1993)). Mutated ras genes (Ha-ras, Ki4a-røs, Ki4b-ras and N-ras) are found in many human cancers, including colorectal carcinoma, exocrine pancreatic carcinoma, and myeloid leukemias. The protein products of these genes are defective in their GTPase activity and constitutively transmit a growth stimulatory signal.
Ras must be localized to the plasma membrane for both normal and oncogenic functions. At least 3 post- translational modifications are involved with Ras membrane localization, and all 3 modifications occur at the C-terminus of Ras. The Ras C-terminus contains a sequence motif termed a "CAAX" or
Figure imgf000003_0001
box (Cys is cysteine, Aaa is an aliphatic amino acid, the Xaa is any amino acid) (WiUumsen et al, Nature 320:583-586 (1984)). Depending on the specific sequence, this motif serves as a signal sequence for the enzymes farnesyl-protein transferase or geranylgeranyl-protein transferase, which catalyze the alkylation of the cysteine residue of the CAAX motif with a C15 or C20 isoprenoid, respectively. (S. Clarke.,
Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:355-386 (1992); W.R. Schafer and J. Rine, Ann. Rev. Genetics 30:209-237 (1992)). The term prenyl-protein transferase may be used to generally refer to farnesyl-protein transferase and geranylgeranyl-protein transferase. The Ras protein is one of several proteins that are known to undergo post-translational farnesylation. Other farnesylated proteins include the Ras-related GTP-binding proteins such as Rho, fungal mating factors, the nuclear lamins, and the gamma subunit of transducin. James, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269, 14182 (1994) have identified a peroxisome associated protein Pxf which is also farnesylated. James, et al., have also suggested that there are farnesylated proteins of unknown structure and function in addition to those listed above. Inhibition of farnesyl-protein transferase has been shown to block the growth of Ras-transformed cells in soft agar and to modify other aspects of their transformed phenotype. It has also been demonstrated that certain inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase selectively block the processing of the Ras oncoprotein intracellularly (N.E. Kohl et al, Science, 260:1934-1937 (1993) and G.L. James et al, Science, 260:1937-1942 (1993). Recently, it has been shown that an inhibitor of farnesyl-protein transferase blocks the growth of ras- dependent tumors in nude mice (N.E. Kohl et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci U.S.A., 92:9141-9145 (1994) and induces regression of mammary and salivary carcinomas in ras transgenic mice (N.E. Kohl et al, Nature Medicine, 1:792-797 (1995).
Indirect inhibition of farnesyl-protein transferase in vivo has been demonstrated with lovastatin (Merck & Co., Rahway, NJ) and compactin (Hancock et al, ibid; Casey et al, ibid; Schafer et al, Science 245:319 (1989)). These drugs inhibit HMG-CoA reductase, the rate limiting enzyme for the production of polyisoprenoids including farnesyl pyrophosphate. Farnesyl-protein transferase utilizes farnesyl pyrophosphate to covalently modify the Cys thiol group of the Ras CAAX box with a farnesyl group (Reiss et al, Cell, 62:81-88 (1990); Schaber et al, J. Biol Chem., 265: 14701-14704 (1990); Schafer et al, Science, 249:1133-1139 (1990); Manne et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 57:7541-7545 (1990)). Inhibition of farnesyl pyrophosphate biosynthesis by inhibiting HMG-CoA reductase blocks Ras membrane localization in cultured cells. However, direct inhibition of farnesyl- protein transferase would be more specific and attended by fewer side effects than would occur with the required dose of a general inhibitor of isoprene biosynthesis. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase (FPTase) have been described in two general classes. The first are analogs of farnesyl diphosphate (FPP), while the second class of inhibitors is related to the protein substrates (e.g., Ras) for the enzyme. The peptide derived inhibitors that have been described are generally cysteine containing molecules that are related to the CAAX motif that is the signal for protein prenylation. (Schaber et al, ibid; Reiss et. al, ibid; Reiss et al, PNAS, 88:132-136 (1991)). Such inhibitors may inhibit protein prenylation while serving as alternate substrates for the farnesyl-protein transferase enzyme, or may be purely competitive inhibitors (U.S. Patent 5,141,851, University of Texas; N.E. Kohl et al, Science,
260:1934-1937 (1993); Graham, et al., J. Med. Chem., 37, 725 (1994)). In general, deletion of the thiol from a CAAX derivative has been shown to dramatically reduce the inhibitory potency of the compound. However, the thiol group potentially places limitations on the therapeutic application of FPTase inhibitors with respect to pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and toxicity. Therefore, a functional replacement for the thiol is desirable.
It has recently been reported that farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitors are inhibitors of proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells and are therefore useful in the prevention and therapy of arteriosclerosis and diabetic disturbance of blood vessels (JP H7- 112930).
It has recently been disclosed that certain tricyclic compounds which optionally incorporate a piperidine moiety are inhibitors of FPTase (WO 95/10514, WO 95/10515 and WO 95/10516). Imidazole-containing inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase have also been disclosed (WO 95/09001 and EP 0 675 112 Al).
It is, therefore, an object of this invention to develop peptidomimetic compounds that do not have a thiol moiety, and that will inhibit prenyl-protein transferase and thus, the post-translational prenylation of proteins. It is a further object of this invention to develop chemotherapeutic compositions containing the compounds of this invention and methods for producing the compounds of this invention.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention comprises peptidomimetic macrocyclic compounds which inhibit the prenyl-protein transferase. Further contained in this invention are chemotherapeutic compositions containing these prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors and methods for their production.
The compounds of this invention are illustrated by the formula A:
Figure imgf000006_0001
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The compounds of this invention are useful in the inhibition of prenyl-protein transferase and the prenylation of the oncogene protein Ras. In a first embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula A:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein:
Rla, Rlb? RIC and Rle aτe independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(0)-, CN, N02, (R10)2N-C(NR10)_, RlOc(O)-, RlOOC(O)-, N3,
-N(Rl )2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, c) unsubstituted or substituted Cl-C6 alkyl wherein the substitutent on the substituted Cl-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl, heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(0)-, CN, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, R10C(O)-, RlOθC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, and Rl 10C(0)-NR10-; or two Rlas, two Rl°s, two Rlcs or two Rles, on the same carbon atom may be combined to form -(CH2)v
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO, R 11 e)
f) -S02R11 g) N(RlO)2, or h) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from:
1) hydrogen,
2) RlOC(O)-, or RIOOC(O)-, and
3) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from: a) Rl O-, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) RlOC(0)NRlO-,
10 e, O 1
f) — S02R 11
g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, j) C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl,
Figure imgf000008_0001
1) RlOθC(O)-, m) R11OC(O)NR10., n) CN, and o) Nθ2; or
R6 and R^ may be joined in a ring;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl,
C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, R120-, Rl lS(0)m-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (R10)2NC(O)-, RIO2N-
C(NRlO)-, CN, N02, R10C(O)-, RIOOC(O)-, N3,
-N(RlO)2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-,
Rl0C(O)NH-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl02N-C(NRl )-, CN,
RI C(O)-, RlOθC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or Rl0θC(O)NH-;
R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br,
RlOfj-, Rl lS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (R10)2NC(O)-, R102N-C(NR10)-, CN, N02, R10C(O)-, R!0OC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl -, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RlOO-, RHs(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (Rl )2NC(0)-, Rl02N-C(NRlO)-, CN, RI C(O)-, RlOθC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle; RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Rl2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C3 perfluoroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
A1 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C^NRiO-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
A2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(0)NR10-, -NR1 C(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(R10)S(0)2-, S(0)m and -C(Rld)2-;
W is heteroaryl;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl, and b) aryl;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, -NRl0C(O)-O-, -O-C(O)NRl0-, - NRl0C(O)NRl -, -C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2- and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or more of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF ,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -OS(0)2R4,
11) -C(0)NR6R7?
12) -C(0)0R6 or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
Z2 is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of: 1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen, 4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3, 9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -OS(0)2R4
11) -C(0)NR6R7,
12) -C(0)OR6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 1 or 2; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; t is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and v is 2 to 6;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In a second embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula A:
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein:
Rla, Rib RIC, Rid and Rle are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-
C6 alkynyl, Rl O-, Rl lS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (R1°)2N- C(O)-, CN, Nθ2, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-,
RlOθC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, c) unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl wherein the substitutent on the substituted C1-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl, heterocyclic, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOO-,
Rl lS(0)m-, Rl°C(O)NRl0-, (R10)2N-C(O)-, CN, (Rl )2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, RlOOC(O)-, N3, -N(Rl )2, and RHOC(O)-NR10-;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, ) HO,
Figure imgf000014_0001
f) — S02R11 or
Figure imgf000014_0002
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO,
Figure imgf000014_0003
f) — S02R11 or g) N(R10)2; or
R6 and R7 may be joined in a ring;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl,
C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, RIO2N- C(NRlO)-, CN, N02, Rl°C(0)-, RI OC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, Rl0C(O)NH-, (Rl0)2NC(O)-, Rlθ2N-C(NRlO)-, CN, RlOC(O)-, RI QC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or Rl0oC(O)NH-;
R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RIOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl02N-C(NRlO)-, CN, N02, Rl°C(0)-, RIOOC(O)-, N3,
-N(RlO)2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RlOO-, RHS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0_, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl02N-C(NRlO)-, CN, RlOc(O)-, RlOθC(O)-, N3, -N(Rl )2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-;
R!0 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
A2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, _S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, S(0)m and -C(Rld)2-;
W is heteroaryl;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl, and b) aryl;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(0)NR10-, -NR10C(O)-, -NRl0C(O)-O-, -O-C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(0)NR10-, -C(0)NRlOC(0)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(Rl0)S(O)2- and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7? or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
Z2 is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of: 1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7, 6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or 11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 1 or 2; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In a third embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl -protein transferase are illustrated by the formula A:
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein:
Rla and Rid is independently selected from hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl;
Rib, Rl° and Rle are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(R1°)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) unsubstituted or substituted Cl-C6 alkyl wherein the substitutent on the substituted Cl-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO- and -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocycle, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, RlOC(0)NRlO-, CN, N02, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, R10C(O)-,
-N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by: unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, CN, N02,
(RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or
Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Rl O-, RHS(0)m-, R10C(O)NR10-, CN, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, R10C(O)-, -N(R10)2, or
R11OC(O)NR10-;
RI is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle; Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(0)NR10-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
A2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(Rl0)S(O)2-, S(0)m and -C(Rld)2-;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
W is a heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, or isoquinolinyl;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, )-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is independently substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) 3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4 or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7, 6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
Z2 is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted independently with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4 or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF ,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 1 or 2; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In a fourth embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula B:
Figure imgf000022_0001
B wherein:
Rla, Rib nd Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
Rlβ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2; R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO,
Figure imgf000023_0001
f) — S02R11 g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring; or
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Rl20-, R!0C(O)NR10-, CN, N02, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl; RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, Cl-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, -NR10C(0)NR10-, -C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
-N(Rl )S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is independently substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4
10) -OS(0)2R4,
11) -C(0)NR6R7,
12) -C(0)OR6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In a fifth embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula B:
Figure imgf000026_0001
B wherein:
Rla and Rle are independently selected from hydrogen or Cl-C6 alkyl;
R b and Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(R10)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOc(O)- or RlOθC(O)- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, Rl°0-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, Rl θC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, CN, Nθ2, (R10)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-, and c) C1-C alkyl substituted by: unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R!0C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or R11OC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
RIO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, )-, -NRl0c(O)NRl0-, - C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m; Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is independently substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. A preferred embodiment of the compounds of this invention is illustrated by the formula C-l:
Figure imgf000029_0001
C-1
wherein:
Rla, Rib and Rl° are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
Rle is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl°0-, -N(R1°)2 or C2-C alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO,
Figure imgf000030_0001
f) — S02R11
g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring; or
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Rl20-, R!0C(O)NR10-, CN, N02, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-,
RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or R11OC(O)NR10-;
R9 is hydrogen or methyl;
RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rl2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
V is phenyl or pyridyl;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRlOC(0)NRlO-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4 g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen, 4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4
10) -OS(0)2R4,
11) -C(0)NR6R7, l2) -C(0)OR6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In another embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula C:
Figure imgf000032_0001
(RB)r wherein:
Rla and Rle are independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl;
Rib and Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl°0-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Rl0c(O)- or RlOθC(O)- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, Rl°0-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, RlOθC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C perfluoroalkyl, F, CI,
RlOO-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, CN, N02, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-,
RIOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R^ is hydrogen or methyl;
RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4 or g) -C(0)NR6R7, 2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN, 7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In another embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula D:
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein:
Rla, Rib and R!° are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
Rle is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(Rl°)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C -C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, aryl, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl, c) halogen, d) HO,
Figure imgf000036_0001
f) -S02R11 g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring; or
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, R12Q-, R10C(O)NR10-, CN, Nθ2, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
RIO and Rl2 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
-N(Rl0)S(O)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4 g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN, 7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4
10) -OS(0)2R4,
11) -C(0)NR6R7, 12) -C(0)0R6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2. , 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In still another embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula D:
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein:
Rl and R e are independently selected from hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl;
Rib and Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(R!0)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOc(O)- or RlOθC(O)- and c) C 1 -C6 alkyl substituted by C 1 -C6 perfluoroalkyl, Rl °0-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, (R10)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOc(O)-, RlOθC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI,
RlOO-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, CN, NO2, (R10)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R!0C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
RIO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Z is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of: 1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle, 3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NROR7,
6) CN,
7) Nθ2, 8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In a further embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula E:
Figure imgf000042_0001
(RB)r
wherein:
Rla, Rib and Rl° are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
Rlβ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle; R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, aryl, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl, c) halogen, d) HO,
Figure imgf000043_0001
f) — S02R11 g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring; or
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, R120-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, CN, N02, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R!0C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
RIO and Rl2 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRlOC(0)NRlO-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Z is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -OS(0)2R4,
11) -C(0)NR6R7,
12) -C(0)0R6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl; m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
In a further preferred embodiment of this invention, the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase are illustrated by the formula E:
Figure imgf000045_0001
wherein:
Rl and Rle are independently selected from hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl;
Rib and Rl° is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2; R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOC(O)- or
RlOθC(O)- and c) C 1 -C6 alkyl substituted by C 1 -C6 perfluoroalkyl, R 1 °0-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (Rl )2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, RlOθC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, CN, Nθ2, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-,
RIOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9 is hydrogen or methyl;
RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4 or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2 , 3 or 4; p is 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
Preferably the compounds of the invention are selected from:
18, 19-dihydro- 19-oxo-522, 1722-6,10: 12, 16-dimetheno- lH-imidazo[4,3- c] [ 1 , 11 ,4]dioxaazacyclononadecine-9-carbonitrile (1),
17,18-dihydro- 18-oxo-522-6, 10: 12,16-dimetheno- 1222,2022-imidazo[4,3- c] [ 1 , 11 ,41dioxaazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (2),
(±)-17,18,19,20-tetrahydro-19-phenyl-522-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-2122- imidazo[3,4- ι][l,8,l l]oxadiazacyclononadecine-9-carbonitrile (3),
21 ,22-dihydro-522-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno-23H-benzo[g]imidazo[4,3- /][1,8,1 l]oxadiazacyclononadecine-9-carbonitrile (4),
22,23-dihydro-23-oxo-522,2122-6,10: 12,16-dimetheno-2422- benzo[g]imidazo[4,3-m][l,8,12]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (5),
22,23-dihydro-522,2122-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-2422-benzo[g]imidazo[4,3- ][ 1,8,1 l]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (6),
22,23-dihydro-522,2122-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno-23-methyl-2422- benzo[g]imidazo[4,3-m][l,8,l l]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (7),
(±)-5-hydroxy-5-methyl-24-oxo-21,22,23,24-tetrahydro-522-6,10: 12,16- dimetheno-25H-benzo[ø]imidazo[4,3- ι][l,9,12]oxadiaza- cycloheneicosine-9-carbonitrile (8),
17-Oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-522-6,10: 12,16-dimetheno-25H, 26H- benzo[n]imidazo[3 ,4-h] [ 1 ,8, 12, 16]oxatriaza-cyclodocosine-9-carbonitrile (9) 3-Methyl- 17-oxo- 17, 18,23,24-tetrahydro-522-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno- 2522, 2622-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-/ι] [ 1 ,8, 12, 16]-oxatriazacyclodocosine -9- carbonitrile (10)
24-ϊerf-Butoxycarbonyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-522- 6,10:12,16-dimetheno-2522, 2622-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-/ι][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (11)
24-rer?-Butoxycarbonyl-18-ethyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24- tetrahydro-5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-2522, 2622-benzo[nlimidazo[3,4- /ι][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (12)
18-Ethyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5H-6,10: 12,16- dimetheno-2522, 26#-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-/ι][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (13)
24-Acetyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-522-6,10:12,16- dimetheno-2522, 2622-benzo[n]imidazo[3 ,4-Λ] [1,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (14)
3-methyl-24-methylsulfonylethyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-522- 6,10: 12,16-dimetheno-25^, 2622-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (15)
3,24-Dimethyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5#-6,10: 12,16- dimetheno-2522, 2622-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (16)
17,18-Dihydro- 15-iodo-3-methyl- 17-oxo-522-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno- 1922,2022-imidazo[3 ,4-/z] [1,8,12]oxadiazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (17) 17,18-Dihydro-3-methyl- 17-oxo- 15-phenyl-522-6, 10:12,16-dimetheno- 1922,2022-imidazo [3 ,4-h] [1,8,12] oxadiaza-cyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (18)
?ran5-15-[2-(3-Chlorophenyl)ethenyl]-17,18-dihydro-3-methyl-17-oxo- 5H-6,10: 12,16-dimemeno-1922,20H-imidazo[3,4- h] [ 1 ,8, 12]oxadiazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (19)
18-Benzyl- 17,18-dihydro- 15-iodo-3-methyl- 17-oxo-522-6, 10:12,16- dimetheno- 1922,2022-imidazo[3 ,4-h] [1,8,12]oxadiaza-cyclooctadecine-9- carbonitrile (20)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
Specific examples of the compounds of the invention are:
22,23-dihydro-23-oxo-5H,2122-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-2422- benzo[g]imidazo[4,3-m][l,8,12]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (5),
Figure imgf000050_0001
22,23-dihydro-527,2122-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-2422-benzo[g]imidazo[4,3- m][l,8,l l]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (6),
Figure imgf000051_0001
17-Oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-522-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-2522, 2622- benzo[n]imidazo[3,4- ι][l,8,12,16]oxatriaza-cyclodocosine-9-carbonitrile
(9)
Figure imgf000051_0002
18-Ethyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-522-6,10:12,16- dimetheno-2522, 2622-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-/ι] [ 1 ,8, 12, 16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (13)
Figure imgf000052_0001
13
17,18-Dihydro-15-iodo-3-methyl-17-oxo-522-6,10:12,16-dimetheno- 1922,2022-imidazo [3 ,4-/ι] [1 ,8, 12]oxadiazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (17)
Figure imgf000052_0002
7 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
The compounds of the present invention may have asymmetric centers, chiral axes and chiral planes, and occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual diastereomers, with all possible isomers, including optical isomers, being included in the present invention. (See E.L. Eliel and S.H. Wilen Sterochemistry of Carbon Compounds (John Wiley and Sons, New York 1994), in particular pages 1119-1190) When any variable (e.g. aryl, heterocycle, Rla, R6 etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent, its definition on each occurence is independent at every other occurence. Also, combinations of substituents/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
As used herein, "alkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms; "alkoxy" represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge. "Halogen" or "halo" as used herein means fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
Preferably, alkenyl is C2-C6 alkenyl. Preferably, alkynyl is C2-C6 alkynyl.
As used herein, "cycloalkyl" is intended to include cyclic saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. Preferably, cycloalkyl is C3-C10 cycloalkyl. Examples of such cycloalkyl elements include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
As used herein, the term "C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring" in is intended to include polycyclic saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. Examples of such cycloalkyl groups includes, but are not limited to:
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000054_0002
Figure imgf000054_0003
Figure imgf000054_0004
Figure imgf000054_0005
Preferably, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring is adamantyl.
As used herein, "aryl" is intended to mean any stable monocyclic or bicyclic carbon ring of up to 7 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic. Examples of such aryl elements include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, biphenyl, phenanthryl, anthryl or acenaphthyl. The term heterocycle or heterocyclic, as used herein, represents a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or stable 8- to 11- membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which is either saturated or unsaturated, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. The heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure. The term heterocycle or heterocyclic, as used herein, includes heteroaryl moieties. Examples of such heterocyclic elements include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, chromanyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl sulfone, 1,3-dioxolanyl, furyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, 2- oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperdinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, thiazolyl, thiazolinyl, thienofuryl, thienothienyl, and thienyl.
As used herein, "heteroaryl" is intended to mean any stable monocyclic or bicyclic carbon ring of up to 7 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic and wherein from one to four carbon atoms are replaced by heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. Examples of such heterocyclic elements include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, chromanyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl sulfone, furyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thienofuryl, thienothienyl, and thienyl.
As used herein, unless otherwise specifically defined, substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted aroyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaroyl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted arylsulfonyl, substituted heteroarylsulfonyl and substituted heterocycle include moieties containing from 1 to 3 substituents in addition to the point of attachment to the rest of the compound. Preferably, such substituents are selected from the group which includes but is not limited to F, CI, Br, CF3, NH2, N(CrC6 alkyl)2, N02, CN, (CrC6 alkyl)0-, (aryl)O-, -OH, (CrC6 alkyl)S(0)m-, (CrC6 alkyl)C(0)NH-, H2N-C(NH)-, (CrC6 alkyl)C(O)-, (CrC6 alkyl)OC(O)-, N3, (CrC6 alkyl)OC(0)NH-, phenyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, furyl, isothiazolyl and Ci-Con alkyl.
Preferably, as used herein in the definition of R
Figure imgf000056_0001
, the substituted C g alkyl, substituted C2.6 alkenyl, substituted C2_6 alkynyl, substituted C^ cycloalkyl, substituted aroyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaroyl, substituted arylsulfonyl, substituted heteroarylsulfonyl, substituted heterocycle and substituted Cg.^ multicyclic alkyl ring, include moieties containing from 1 to 3 substitutents in addition to the point of attachment to the rest of the compound.
The moiety formed when, in the definition of Rla, Rib, Rlc, Rid and Rle, two Rlas, two Rlbs, two Rlcs, two Rlds or two Rles, on the same carbon atom are combined to form -(CH2)t- is illustrated by the following:
Figure imgf000056_0002
Lines drawn into the ring systems from substituents (such as from R , R9 etc.) indicate that the indicated bond may be attached to any of the substitutable ring carbon atoms.
Preferably, Rla and Rib are independently selected from: hydrogen, -N(RlO)2, R10C(O)NR10- or unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl wherein the substituent on the substituted C1-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, -N(RlO)2, RlOO- and R10C(0)NR10-.
Preferably, Rlc is independently selected from: hydrogen, or unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl wherein the substituent on the substituted C1-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, -N(RlO)2, RlOO- and R10C(O)NR10-.
Preferably, R4 is unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl.
Preferably, R6 and R7 is selected from: hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted C1-C alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl.
Preferably, R9 is hydrogen or methyl. Preferably, RlO is selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl and benzyl.
Preferably, Al and A2 are independently selected from a bond, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(R10)- and
Figure imgf000057_0001
Preferably, V is selected from heteroaryl and aryl. More preferably, V is phenyl or pyridyl.
Preferably, X is selected from -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO). and -N(R10)S(0)2-.
Preferably, Zl and Z2 are independently selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. More preferably, Zl and Z2 are independently selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted naphthyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl, unsubstituted or substituted furanyl and unsubstituted or substituted thienyl. Still more preferably, Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl and unsubstituted or substituted naphthyl. Still more preferably, Z2 is selected from a bond and unsubstituted or substituted phenyl.
Preferably, W is selected from imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl and pyridyl. Still more preferably, W is selected from imidazolyl and pyridyl.
Preferably, n is 0, 1, or 2.
Preferably, r is 1 or 2.
Preferably p is 1, 2 or 3.
Preferably s is 0 or 1.
Preferably, the moiety
Figure imgf000058_0001
is selected from:
Figure imgf000058_0002
wherein R9a and R9b are independently selected from hydrogen or methyl.
Preferably, X is selected from -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(R10)- and S(0)m. It is intended that the definition of any substituent or variable (e.g., Rla, R9, n, etc.) at a particular location in a molecule be independent of its definitions elsewhere in that molecule. Thus, -N(RlO)2 represents -NHH, -NHCH3, -NHC2H5, etc. It is understood that substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds of the instant invention can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable and that can be readily synthesized by techniques known in the art, as well as those methods set forth below, from readily available starting materials.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include the conventional non-toxic salts of the compounds of this invention as formed, e.g., from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like: and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxy-benzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, trifluoroacetic and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention can be synthesized from the compounds of this invention which contain a basic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, the salts are prepared either by ion exchange chromatography or by reacting the free base with stoichiometric amounts or with an excess of the desired salt-forming inorganic or organic acid in a suitable solvent or various combinations of solvents.
Reactions used to generate the compounds of this invention are prepared by employing reactions as shown in the Schemes 1-11, in addition to other standard manipulations such as ester hydrolysis, cleavage of protecting groups, etc., as may be known in the literature or exemplified in the experimental procedures. Substituents Rsub and Rsub' ? as shown in the Schemes, represent the substituents and substituents on Zl and Z2; however their point of attachment to the ring is illustrative only and is not meant to be limiting.
These reactions may be employed in a linear sequence to provide the compounds of the invention or they may be used to synthesize fragments which are subsequently joined by the alkylation reactions described in the Schemes.
Synopsis of Schemes 1-11:
The requisite intermediates are in some cases commercially available, or can be prepared according to literature procedures. For example, syntheses of instant compounds wherein the linker "X" is an sulfonamido linkage is illustrated in Scheme 1. Thus, a suitably substituted benzylimidazolyl containing amine I is prepared as illustrated. A suitably substituted benzyl alcohol II is converted to the corresponding benzylsulfinylchloride III. Reaction of intermediate III with the primary amine I provides the sulfinamido intermediate IV. That intermediate can be oxidized to the sulfonamide, the alcohol moiety can then be deprotected and previously described intramolecular cyclization provides compound V of the instant invention.
Instant compounds wherein the variable "V" is other than a phenyl moiety can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 2. Thus, a suitably substituted fluoronaphthylmethyl bromide VII may be reacted with an imidazolyl alkylacetate to provide intermediate VIII. The alcohol moiety of intermediate VIII can be deprotected and then reacted with a suitably substituted phenyl isocyanate to provide the carbamate IX, which may then be optionally N-alkylated, followed by deprotection and intramolecular cyclization to provide compound XI of the instant invention.
Synthesis of compounds of the instant invention wherein variables "Z1" and "Z2" are both phenyl moieties and the linker "X" is a amido moiety is illustrated in Scheme 3. Scheme 4 illustrates preparation of the corresponding instant compound wherein linker "X" is a urea moiety by reacting the isocyanate derived from intermediate I and the phenoxyanaline XIII described in Scheme 3. Synthesis of compounds of the instant invention wherein variable "Z1" is a naphthyl moiety and the linker "X" is a amido moiety is illustrated in Scheme 5. Scheme 10 illustrates the synthetic strategy that is employed when the R8 substitutent is not an electronic withdrawing moiety either ortho or para to the fluorine atom. In the absence of the electronic withdrawing moiety, the intramolecular cyclization can be accomplished via an Ullmann reaction. Thus, the aldehyde XIV can be converted to the homologous amine XV. Amine XV is then reacted with the previously described benzyloxybenzoic acid XVI to provide intermediate XVII. Intramolecular cyclization may then be affected under Ullmann reaction conditions to provide the amido macrocycle of the instant invention XVIII.
Schemes 7-10 illustrate syntheses of suitably substituted aldehydes useful in the syntheses of the instant compounds wherein the variable W is present as a pyridyl moiety. Similar synthetic strategies for preparing alkanols that incorporate other heterocyclic moieties for variable W are also well known in the art.
Scheme 11 depicts the synthesis of compounds of the instant invention having an imidazolyl moiety incorporated into the macrocyclic ring via different points of attachement. Activated zinc is added to a fluoroaryl methylhalide in THF to form the arylmethyl zinc halide, which is subsequently coupled to an N-protected 4-iodoimidazole to give compound XIX. Regiospecfic alkylation of the imidazole ring is accomplished with ethyl bromoacetate, with subsequent methanolysis of the intermediate imidazolium salt giving XX. Elaboration of XX to the primary amine proceeds through standard chemistry. Acylation of the amine with suitably substituted aryl carboxylic acid (similar to the reaction illustrated in Scheme 5) provides the intermediate amide, which can then undergo cyclization as described above to provide the compound of the instant invention XXI. SCHEME 1
Figure imgf000062_0001
SCHEME 1 (continued)
Figure imgf000063_0001
SCHEME 1 (continued)
Figure imgf000064_0001
SCHEME 2
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000065_0002
VIII
SCHEME 2 (continued)
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0002
SCHEME 2 (continued)
Figure imgf000067_0001
SCHEME 3
Figure imgf000068_0001
(SjMe3)CHN
Figure imgf000068_0002
Figure imgf000068_0003
SCHEME 3 (continued)
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000069_0002
SCHEME 3 (continued)
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000070_0002
SCHEME 4
Figure imgf000071_0001
Rfc
SCHEME 4 (continued)
Figure imgf000072_0001
SCHEME 5
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000073_0003
SCHEME 6
Figure imgf000074_0001
LiOH»H20 S03*pyridine
THF-H20 Et3N, DMS
Figure imgf000074_0002
Figure imgf000074_0003
SCHEME 6 (CONT'D)
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0002
XVIII
SCHEME 7
Figure imgf000076_0001
NaBH4 (excess)
Figure imgf000076_0002
Figure imgf000076_0003
SCHEME 8
Figure imgf000077_0001
SCHEME 9
Figure imgf000078_0001
NaBH4 (excess)
Figure imgf000078_0002
Figure imgf000078_0003
SCHEME 10
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000079_0002
SCHEME 11
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000080_0002
XX
Figure imgf000080_0003
SCHEME 11 (continued)
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000081_0002
Figure imgf000081_0003
SCHEME 11 (continued)
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000082_0002
Figure imgf000082_0003
Figure imgf000082_0004
In a preferred embodiment of the instant invention the compounds of the invention are selective inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase. A compound is considered a selective inhibitor of farnesyl- protein transferase, for example, when its in vitro farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitory activity, as assessed by the assay described in Example 21, is at least 100 times greater than the in vitro activity of the same compound against geranylgeranyl-protein transferase-type I in the assay described in Example 22. Preferably, a selective compound exhibits at least 1000 times greater activity against one of the enzymatic activities when comparing geranylgeranyl-protein transferase-type I inhibition and farnesyl-protein transferase inhibition.
It is also preferred that the selective inhibitor of farnesyl- protein transferase is further characterized by: a) an IC50 (a measure of in vitro inhibitory activity) for inhibition of the prenylation of newly synthesized K-Ras protein more than about 100-fold higher than the EC50 for the inhibition of the farnesylation of hDJ protein. When measuring such IC50S and EC50S the assays described in Example 26 may be utilized.
It is also preferred that the selective inhibitor of farnesyl- protein transferase is further characterized by: b) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) for inhibition of K4B-Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells at least 100-fold greater than the IC50 for inhibition of the farnesylation of the protein hDJ in cells.
It is also preferred that the selective inhibitor of farnesyl- protein transferase is further characterized by: c) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H- Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells at least 1000 fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against H-ras-CVLL
(SEQ.ID.NO.: 1) dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells. When measuring Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells the assays described in Example 25 may be utilized. In another preferred embodiment of the instant invention the compounds of the invention are dual inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase and geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type I. Such a dual inhibitor may be termed a Class II prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor and will exhibit certain characteristics when assessed in in vitro assays, which are dependent on the type of assay employed.
In a SEAP assay, such as described in Examples 25, it is preferred that the dual inhibitor compound has an in vitro inhibitory activity (IC50) that is less than about 12 μM against K4B-Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells.
The Class II prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor may also be characterized by: a) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) for inhibiting K4B-Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells between 0.1 and 100 times the IC50 for inhibiting the farnesylation of the protein hDJ in cells; and b) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) for inhibiting K4B-Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells greater than 5-fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against expression of the SEAP protein in cells transfected with the pCMV-SEAP plasmid that constitutively expresses the SEAP protein.
The Class II prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor may also be characterized by: a) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H-
Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells greater than 2 fold lower but less than 20,000 fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against H-røs-CVLL (SEQ.ID.NO.: 1) dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells; and b) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H- røs-CVLL dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells greater than 5-fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against expression of the SEAP protein in cells transfected with the pCMV-SEAP plasmid that constitutively expresses the SEAP protein.
The Class II prenyl-protein transferase inhibitor may also be characterized by: a) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H-
Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells greater than 10- fold lower but less than 2,500 fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against H-røs-CVLL (SEQ.ID.NO.: 1) dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells; and b) an IC50 (a measurement of in vitro inhibitory activity) against H- ras-CVLL dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells greater than 5 fold lower than the inhibitory activity (IC50) against expression of the SEAP protein in cells transfected with the pCMV-SEAP plasmid that constitutively expresses the SEAP protein.
A method for measuring the activity of the inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase, as well as the instant combination compositions, utilized in the instant methods against Ras dependent activation of MAP kinases in cells is described in Example 25. In yet another embodiment, a compound of the instant invention may be a more potent inhibitor of geranylgeranyl-protein transferase-type I than it is an inhibitor of farnesyl-protein transferase. The instant compounds are useful as pharmaceutical agents for mammals, especially for humans. These compounds may be administered to patients for use in the treatment of cancer. Examples of the type of cancer which may be treated with the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, colorectal carcinoma, exocrine pancreatic carcinoma, myeloid leukemias and neurological tumors. Such tumors may arise by mutations in the ras genes themselves, mutations in the proteins that can regulate Ras activity (i.e., neurofibromin (NF-1), neu, src, abl, lck, fyn) or by other mechanisms.
The compounds of the instant invention inhibit prenyl- protein transferase and the prenylation of the oncogene protein Ras. The instant compounds may also inhibit tumor angiogenesis, thereby affecting the growth of tumors (J. Rak et al. Cancer Research, 55:4575- 4580 (1995)). Such anti-angiogenesis properties of the instant compounds may also be useful in the treatment of certain forms of vision deficit related to retinal vascularization. The compounds of this invention are also useful for inhibiting other proliferative diseases, both benign and malignant, wherein Ras proteins are aberrantly activated as a result of oncogenic mutation in other genes (i.e., the Ras gene itself is not activated by mutation to an oncogenic form) with said inhibition being accomplished by the administration of an effective amount of the compounds of the invention to a mammal in need of such treatment. For example, a component of NF-1 is a benign proliferative disorder.
The instant compounds may also be useful in the treatment of certain viral infections, in particular in the treatment of hepatitis delta and related viruses (J.S. Glenn et al. Science, 256: 1331-1333 (1992).
The compounds of the instant invention are also useful in the prevention of restenosis after percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty by inhibiting neointimal formation (C. Indolfi et al. Nature medicine, 1:541-545(1995).
The instant compounds may also be useful in the treatment and prevention of polycystic kidney disease (D.L. Schaffner et al. American Journal of Pathology, 142:1051-1060 (1993) and B. Cowley, Jr. et aLFASEB Journal, 2: A3160 (1988)). The instant compounds may also be useful for the treatment of fungal infections.
The instant compounds may also be useful as inhibitors of proliferation of vascular smooth muscle cells and therefore useful in the prevention and therapy of arteriosclerosis and diabetic vascular pathologies.
The compounds of this invention may be administered to mammals, preferably humans, either alone or, preferably, in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents, in a pharmaceutical composition, according to standard pharmaceutical practice. The compounds can be administered orally or parenterally, including the intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration.
The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium crosscarmellose, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin, polyvinyl- pyrrolidone or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to mask the unpleasant taste of the drug or delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a water soluble taste masking material such as hydroxypropylmethyl- cellulose or hydroxypropylcellulose, or a time delay material such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate buryrate may be employed.
Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water soluble carrier such as polyethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl- cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame. Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as butylated hydroxyanisol or alpha-tocopherol.
Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in- water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening, flavouring agents, preservatives and antioxidants.
Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring and coloring agents and antioxidant.
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous solutions. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable oil-in-water microemulsion where the active ingredient is dissolved in the oily phase. For example, the active ingredient may be first dissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin. The oil solution then introduced into a water and glycerol mixture and processed to form a microemulation.
The injectable solutions or microemulsions may be introduced into a patient's blood-stream by local bolus injection. Alternatively, it may be advantageous to administer the solution or microemulsion in such a way as to maintain a constant circulating concentration of the instant compound. In order to maintain such a constant concentration, a continuous intravenous delivery device may be utilized. An example of such a device is the Deltec CADD-PLUS™ model 5400 intravenous pump. The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension for intramuscular and subcutaneous administration. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this puφose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
Compounds of Formula A may also be administered in the form of a suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non- irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compound of Formula A are employed. (For puφoses of this application, topical application shall include mouth washes and gargles.) The compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles and delivery devices, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specific amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specific ingredients in the specified amounts.
When a compound according to this invention is administered into a human subject, the daily dosage will normally be determined by the prescribing physician with the dosage generally varying according to the age, weight, sex and response of the individual patient, as well as the severity of the patient's symptoms.
In one exemplary application, a suitable amount of compound is administered to a mammal undergoing treatment for cancer. Administration occurs in an amount between about 0.1 mg/kg of body weight to about 60 mg/kg of body weight per day, preferably of between 0.5 mg/kg of body weight to about 40 mg/kg of body weight per day.
The compounds of the instant invention may also be co- administered with other well known therapeutic agents that are selected for their particular usefulness against the condition that is being treated. For example, the compounds of the instant invention may also be co-administered with other well known cancer therapeutic agents that are selected for their particular usefulness against the condition that is being treated. Included in such combinations of therapeutic agents are combinations of the instant prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors and an antineoplastic agent. It is also understood that such a combination of antineoplastic agent and inhibitor of prenyl-protein transferase may be used in conjunction with other methods of treating cancer and/or tumors, including radiation therapy and surgery.
Examples of an antineoplastic agent include, in general, microtubule-stabilizing agents ( such as paclitaxel (also known as Taxol®), docetaxel (also known as Taxotere®), epothilone A, epothilone B, desoxyepothilone A, desoxy epothilone B or their derivatives); microtubule-disruptor agents; alkylating agents, anti- metabolites; epidophyllotoxin; an antineoplastic enzyme; a topoisomerase inhibitor; procarbazine; mitoxantrone; platinum coordination complexes; biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors; hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, haematopoietic growth factors and antibodies (such as trastuzumab (Herceptin™)).
Example classes of antineoplastic agents include, for example, the anthracycline family of drugs, the vinca drugs, the mitomycins, the bleomycins, the cytotoxic nucleosides, the taxanes, the epothilones, discodermolide, the pteridine family of drugs, diynenes and the podophyllotoxins. Particularly useful members of those classes include, for example, doxorubicin, carminomycin, daunorubicin, aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, dichloro-methotrexate, mitomycin C, porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxin or podo-phyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate or teniposide, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine, vindesine, leurosine, paclitaxel and the like. Other useful antineoplastic agents include estramustine, cisplatin, carboplatin, cyclophosphamide, bleomycin, tamoxifen, ifosamide, melphalan, hexamethyl melamine, thiotepa, cytarabin, idatrexate, trimetrexate, dacarbazine, L-asparaginase, camptothecin, CPT-11, topotecan, ara-C, bicalutamide, flutamide, leuprolide, pyridobenzoindole derivatives, interferons and interleukins. The preferred class of antineoplastic agents is the taxanes and the preferred antineoplastic agent is paclitaxel.
Radiation therapy, including x-rays or gamma rays which are delivered from either an externally applied beam or by implantation of tiny radioactive sources, may also be used in combination with the instant inhibitor of prenyl-protein transferase alone to treat cancer.
Additionally, compounds of the instant invention may also be useful as radiation sensitizers, as described in WO 97/38697, published on October 23, 1997, and herein incoφorated by reference. The instant compounds may also be useful in combination with other inhibitors of parts of the signaling pathway that links cell surface growth factor receptors to nuclear signals initiating cellular proliferation. Thus, the instant compounds may be utilized in combination with farnesyl pyrophosphate competitive inhibitors of the activity of farnesyl-protein transferase or in combination with a compound which has Raf antagonist activity. The instant compounds may also be co-administered with compounds that are selective inhibitors of geranylgeranyl protein transferase.
In particular, if the compound of the instant invention is a selective inhibitor of farnesyl-protein transferase, co-administration with a compound(s) that is a selective inhibitor of geranylgeranyl protein transferase may provide an improved therapeutic effect.
In particular, the compounds disclosed in the following patents and publications may be useful as farnesyl pyrophosphate- competitive inhibitor component of the instant composition: U.S. Ser. Nos. 08/254,228 and 08/435,047. Those patents and publications are incoφorated herein by reference.
In practicing methods of this invention, which comprise administering, simultaneously or sequentially or in any order, two or more of a protein substrate-competitive inhibitor and a farnesyl pyrophosphate-competitive inhibitor, such administration can be orally or parenterally, including intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration. It is preferred that such administration be orally. It is more preferred that such administration be orally and simultaneously. When the protein substrate-competitive inhibitor and farnesyl pyrophosphate-competitive inhibitor are administered sequentially, the administration of each can be by the same method or by different methods.
The instant compounds may also be useful in combination with an integrin antagonist for the treatment of cancer, as described in U.S. Ser. No. 09/055,487, filed April 6, 1998, which is incoφorated herein by reference.
As used herein the term an integrin antagonist refers to compounds which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to an integrin(s) that is involved in the regulation of angiogenisis, or in the growth and invasiveness of tumor cells. In particular, the term refers to compounds which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to the αvβ3 integrin, which selectively antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to the αvβ5 integrin, which antagonize, inhibit or counteract binding of a physiological ligand to both the αvβ3 integrin and the vβ5 integrin, or which antagonize, inhibit or counteract the activity of the particular integrin(s) expressed on capillary endothelial cells. The term also refers to antagonists of the αlβl, α2βl, α5βl, α6βl and α6β4 integrins. The term also refers to antagonists of any combination of αvβ3 integrin, αvβ5 integrin, αlβl, α2βl, α5βl, α6βl and α6β4 integrins. The instant compounds may also be useful with other agents that inhibit angiogenisis and thereby inhibit the growth and invasiveness of tumor cells, including, but not limited to angiostatin and endostatin.
Similarly, the instant compounds may be useful in combination with agents that are effective in the treatment and prevention of NF-1, restenosis, poly cystic kidney disease, infections of hepatitis delta and related viruses and fungal infections.
If formulated as a fixed dose, such combination products employ the combinations of this invention within the dosage range described below and the other pharmaceutically active agent(s) within its approved dosage range. Combinations of the instant invention may alternatively be used sequentially with known pharmaceutically acceptable agent(s) when a multiple combination formulation is inappropriate.
The compounds of the instant invention are also useful as a component in an assay to rapidly determine the presence and quantity of farnesyl-protein transferase (FPTase) in a composition. Thus the composition to be tested may be divided and the two portions contacted with mixtures which comprise a known substrate of FPTase (for example a tetrapeptide having a cysteine at the amine terminus) and farnesyl pyrophosphate and, in one of the mixtures, a compound of the instant invention. After the assay mixtures are incubated for an sufficient period of time, well known in the art, to allow the FPTase to farnesylate the substrate, the chemical content of the assay mixtures may be determined by well known immunological, radiochemical or chromatographic techniques. Because the compounds of the instant invention are selective inhibitors of FPTase, absence or quantitative reduction of the amount of substrate in the assay mixture without the compound of the instant invention relative to the presence of the unchanged substrate in the assay containing the instant compound is indicative of the presence of FPTase in the composition to be tested.
It would be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that such an assay as described above would be useful in identifying tissue samples which contain farnesyl-protein transferase and quantitating the enzyme. Thus, potent inhibitor compounds of the instant invention may be used in an active site titration assay to determine the quantity of enzyme in the sample. A series of samples composed of aliquots of a tissue extract containing an unknown amount of farnesyl-protein transferase, an excess amount of a known substrate of FPTase (for example a tetrapeptide having a cysteine at the amine terminus) and farnesyl pyrophosphate are incubated for an appropriate period of time in the presence of varying concentrations of a compound of the instant invention. The concentration of a sufficiently potent inhibitor (i.e., one that has a Ki substantially smaller than the concentration of enzyme in the assay vessel) required to inhibit the enzymatic activity of the sample by 50% is approximately equal to half of the concentration of the enzyme in that particular sample.
EXAMPLES
Examples provided are intended to assist in a further understanding of the invention. Particular materials employed, species and conditions are intended to be further illustrative of the invention and not limitative of the reasonable scope thereof.
EXAMPLE 1
Preparation of 18,19-dihydro-19-oxo-5H,17H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno- lH-imidazo[4,3-c] [1,11 ,4jdioxaazacyclononadecine-9-carbonitrile (1), hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000096_0001
Step A: Preparation of l-triphenylmethyl-4- (hvdroxymethyl)imidazole
To a solution of 4-(hydroxymethyl)imidazole hydrochloride (35.0 g, 260 mmol) in 250 mL of dry DMF at room temperature was added triethylamine (90.6 mL, 650 mmol). A white solid precipitated from the solution. Chlorotriphenylmethane (76.1 g, 273 mmol) in 500 mL of DMF was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 hours, poured over ice, filtered, and washed with ice water. The resulting product was slurried with cold dioxane, filtered, and dried in vacuo to provide the titled product as a white solid which was sufficiently pure for use in the next step. Step B: Preparation of l-triphenylmethyl-4- (acetoxymethyl)imidazole
Alcohol from Step A (260 mmol, prepared above) was suspended in 500 mL of pyridine. Acetic anhydride (74 mL, 780 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction was stirred for 48 hours during which it became homogeneous. The solution was poured into 2 L of EtOAc, washed with water (3 x 1 L), 5% aq. HC1 soln. (2 x 1 L), sat. aq. NaHC03, and brine, then dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The acetate was isolated as a white powder which was sufficiently pure for use in the next reaction.
Step C: Preparation of 4-cyano-3-fluorotoluene
To a degassed solution of 4-bromo-3-fluorotoluene (50.0 g, 264 mmol) in 500 mL of DMF was added Zn(CN)2 (18.6 g, 159 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (6.1 g, 5.3 mmol). The reaction was stiπed at 80°C for
6 hours, then cooled to room temperature. The solution was poured into EtOAc, washed with water, sat. aq. NaHC03, and brine, then dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. Purification by silica gel chromatography (0-5% EtOAc/hexane) provided the titled product.
Step D: Preparation of 4-cyano-3-fluorobenzylbromide
To a solution of the product from Step C (22.2 g, 165 mmol) in 220 mL of carbontetrachloride was added N- bromosuccinimide (29.2 g, 164 mmol) and benzoylperoxide (l.lg). The reaction was heated to reflux for 30 minutes, then cooled to room temperature. The solution was concentrated in vacuo to one-third the original volume, poured into EtOAc, washed with water, sat. aq. NaHCθ3, and brine, then dried (Na2Sθ4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. Analysis by !H NMR indicated only partial conversion, so the crude material was resubjected to the same reaction conditions for 2.5 hours, using 18 g (102 mmol) of N- bromosuccinimide. After workup, the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-10% EtOAc/hexane) to provide the desired product.
Step E: Preparation of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5- (acetoxymethyl)-imidazole hydrobromide
A solution of the product from Step B (36.72 g, 96.14 mmol) and the product from Step D (20.67 g, 96.14 mmol) in 250 mL of EtOAc was stirred at 60°C for 20 hours, during which a white precipitate formed. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and filtered to provide the solid imidazolium bromide salt. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to a volume 100 mL, reheated at 60°C for two hours, cooled to room temperature, and filtered again. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to a volume 40 mL, reheated at 60°C for another two hours, cooled to room temperature, and concentrated in vacuo to provide a pale yellow solid. All of the solid material was combined, dissolved in 300 mL of methanol, and warmed to 60°C. After two hours, the solution was reconcentrated in vacuo to provide a white solid which was triturated with hexane to remove soluble materials. Removal of residual solvents in vacuo provided the titled product hydrobromide as a white solid which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step F: Preparation of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5-
(hvdroxymethyl)imidazole To a solution of the product from Step E (31.87 g, 89.77 mmol) in 300 mL of 2: 1 THF/water at 0°C was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (7.53 g, 179 mmol). After two hours, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to a 100 mL volume, stored at 0°C for 30 minutes, then filtered and washed with 700 mL of cold water to provide a brown solid. This material was dried in vacuo next to P2O5 to provide the titled product as a pale brown powder which was sufficiently pure for use in the next step without further purification. Step G: Preparation of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5-[((3-(3- hydroxyphenyl)propionyl)oxy)methyllimidazole To a solution of the alcohol from Step F (79.7 mg, 0.345 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (90.0 mg, 0.345 mmol) in 0.5 mL of THF was added a solution of diethylazodicarboxylate (0.054 mL, 0.345 mmol) and 3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid (57 mg, 0.34 mmol) in 0.5 mL of THF. After 10 minutes, HPLC analysis indicated 60% conversion. Additional triphenylphosphine (45 mg, 0.17 mmol) and diethylazodicarboxylate (0.027 mL, 0.17 mmol) were added, and the reaction was stirred for 10 more minutes. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, then purified by silica gel chromatography (3% MeOH/CH2θ2) to provide the desired product as a white foam.
Step H: Preparation of Compound 1. hydrochloride salt To a solution of the phenol from Step G (54 mg, 0.14 mmol) in 1.0 mL of DMSO was added cesium carbonate (92 mg, 0.28 mmol). The reaction was warmed to 55°C for 20 minutes, then cooled to room temperature. The solution was poured into EtOAc, washed with sat. aq. NaHCθ3 and brine, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting product was purified by silica gel chromatography (3-4% MeOH/CH2θ2), taken up in CH2CI2 and treated with excess 1 M HCl/ether solution, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the titled product hydrochloride as a white powder. FAB mass spectrum m/e 360.1 (M+l). Analysis calculated for C2iHι7N3θ3- 1.00 HC1- 1.00 H20: C, 60.95; H, 4.87; N, 10.15; Found: C, 60.84; H, 4.88; N, 10.12.
EXAMPLE 2
Preparation of 17,18-dihydro-18-oxo-5H-6,10: 12,16-dimetheno- 12H,20 -imidazo[4,3-cl [1,11 ,4]dioxaazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (2). hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000100_0001
The titled product was prepared from the alcohol prepared in step F of Example 1 and (3-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid using the procedures described in Steps G and H of Example 1. FAB mass spectrum m/e 346.0 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C2oHi5N3θ3 «1.60 HC1-1.30 H20:
C, 56.24; H, 4.53; N, 9.84; Found: C, 56.37; H, 4.51; N, 9.32.
EXAMPLE 3
Preparation of (±)-17,18,19,20-tetrahydro-19-phenyl-5tf-6,10: 12,16- dimetheno-2 l//-imidazo[3,4-/ι] [1 ,8, 11 ]oxadiazacyclononadecine-9- carbonitrile (3). hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000101_0001
Step A: Preparation of 3-(3-methoxypheny)-l-phenylpropanol
To a solution of benzaldehyde (920 μl, 9 mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) was added slowly a solution of 2-(3- methoxyphenyl) ethylmagnesium bromide prepared from 2-(3-methoxyphenyl) ethyl bromide (2.1 g. 9.77 mmol) and magnesium (300 mg, 12 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1/2 hour then quenched with saturated NH4CI. The mixture was then extracted into EtOAc, washed with H2O, dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. then purified by silica gel chromatography (30% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide the desired product as a colorless viscous oil.
Step B: Preparation of l-azido-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-l- phenylpropane To a solution of the product from Step A (1.36g, 5.6 mmol) in 20 mL of THF at 0°C under Ar was added triphenylphosphine (1.8g, 6.9 mmol), diethylazodicarboxylate (1.12 mL, 6.9 mmol) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (1.52 mL, 6.9 mmol). The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 20 hours. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography (2% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide the desired product as a nearly colorless gum.
Step C: Preparation of 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-l-phenylpropylamine
A solution of the product from Step B (1.08g, 3.7 mmol) in 30 mL of EtOH containing Pd C (10%, 100 mg) was stirred at ambient temperature under 1 Atm. of H2 for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered to provide the title product as a clear colorless oil which was sufficiently pure for use in the next step.
Step D: Preparation of 3-(3-amino-3-phenylpropyl)phenol
A mixture of the product from Step C (920 mg), HO Ac (2 mL) and 48% HBr (3 mL) was stiπed while heating at reflux. After 2-3 hours, the solution was concentrated in vacuo to provide a pale beige sticky solid which was triturated with Et2θ. Removal of residual solvents m vacuo provided the titled product hydrobromide as a pale beige froth.
Step E: Preparation of 3-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-4-[3-(3- hvdroxyphenyl)- 1 -phenylpropylaminomethyllimidazole A solution of the product from Step D (185 mg. 600 μmol) and aldehyde from Example Z (100 mg. 500 μmol) in 3mL of MeOH was treated with 4-methylmoφholine (55 μL) to adjust pH to -7.5-8.0 at room temperature. After 20 hours NaBH4 (60 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was then passed down a silica gel column with (1-10% CH3OH/CHCI3) to provide the desired product.
Step F: Preparation of Compound 3 hydrochloride
The compound was prepared from the product of Step E (78 mg, 175 μmol) using the method described in Example 1 Step H provided the title product as a white solid. EXAMPLE 4
Preparation of 21,22-dihydro-5/f-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-23H- benzo[^limidazo[4,3-/][l,8,l l]oxadiazacyclononadecine-9-carbonitrile (4). hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000103_0001
Step A: Preparation of ethyl 2-(3,-methoxyphenyl)benzoate
To a stiπed solution of ethyl 2-bromobenzoate (13.7 g, 59.8 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (3.46g, 3.0 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxy ethane (600 mL) was added 2 M aq. Na2Cθ3
(60 mL, deoxygenated). 3-Methoxyphenylboronic acid (10.0 g, 65.8 mmol) was added in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (80 mL) and the mixture was heated to 100°C for 36 hours, under argon atmosphere. The mixture was cooled, diluted with water (1 L) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 800 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with sat. aq. NaHC03, then brine, then dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% EtOAc in hexane, to give the titled product as a colorless oil.
Step B: Preparation of 2-(3,-methoxyphenyl)benzoic acid
To a stiπed solution of ethyl 2-(3-methoxyphenyl) benzoate from Step A (7.33 g, 28.6 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL) and water (30 mL) was added 1.0 N aq. NaOH (63 mL, 63 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours, then allowed to cool overnight. The solution was concentrated to remove most of the MeOH, cooled on ice, and 10% aq. citric acid (300 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 250 mL), and the combined organic extracts were dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titled product as a white solid.
Step C: Preparation of 2-(3,-hvdroxyphenyl)benzoic acid
2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)benzoic acid from Step B (6.53 g, 28.6 mmol) was dissolved in dry CH2CI2 (100 mL) under argon and cooled to -78 °C. Boron tribromide (62.9 mL of a 1.0 M solution in CH2CI2, 62.9 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was stiπed overnight and allowed to warm slowly to ambient temperature. The resulting mixture was cooled in an ice bath and quenched carefully with water (200 mL), then extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 250 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titled product which was sufficiently pure for use in the next step.
Step D: Preparation of benzyl 2-(3,-benzyloxyphenyl)benzoate
To a stiπed solution of 2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)benzoic acid from Step C (28.6 mmol, prepared above) in acetone (100 mL) were added K2CO3 (8.7 g, 63 mmol) and benzyl bromide (10.8 g, 63 mmol).
The mixture was stiπed under argon, overnight, then heated to reflux for 7 hours. The acetone was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between water (100 mL) and CH2CI2 (250 mL).
The aqueous layer was extracted further with CH2CI2 (2 x 250 mL).
The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 70-0% hexane in
CH2CI2, to give the titled product as a colorless oil. Step E: Preparation of (3'-benzyloxybiphenyl-2-yl)methanol
A solution of benzyl 2-(3'-benzyloxyphenyl)benzoate from Step D (1.35 g, 3.42 mmol) in dry THF (20 + 10 mL) was added dropwise to a stiπed suspension of LiAlH4 (0.26 g, 6.84 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0°C, under argon. Stirring was continued for 1 hour at 0°C, then the reaction was quenched with wet ether, followed by water, then aq. NH4CI. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL), and the combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product which contained benzyl alcohol. Vacuum distillation (1 mm Hg, 80°C) allowed removal of most of the benzyl alcohol to give the titled product as a pale solid.
Step F: Preparation of 2-azidomethyl-3'-benzyloxybiphenyl To a stiπed solution of (3'-benzyloxybiphenyl-2- yl)methanol from Step E (0.994 g, 3.42 mmol) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (1.13 g, 4.10 mmol) in dry toluene (6 mL) at 0°C, under argon, was added l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0jundec-7-ene (0.62 g, 4.10 mmol) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stiπed and allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight. Toluene (6 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with water (2 x 5 mL), then 1.0 N aq. HC1 (5 mL), then dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with 5% EtOAc in hexane, to give the titled product as a colorless oil.
Step G: Preparation of 2- { Λ^-(ϊerf-butyloxycarbonyl)aminomethyl } -
3 ' -hydroxybiphenyl
A mixture of 2-azidomethyl-3'-benzyloxybiphenyl from Step F (0.882 g, 2.80 mmol), di-tert-b tyl dicarbonate (0.64 g, 2.93 mmol), and 10% Pd-C (0.18 g) in EtOAc (28 mL) was stiπed under an atmosphere of hydrogen (ca. 1 atm) for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite pad, washing with EtOAc, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-30% EtOAc in hexane, to give the titled product.
Step H: Preparation of 2-aminomethyl-3'-hydroxybiphenyl hydrochloride
A solution of 2-{N-(fer?-butyloxycarbonyl)aminomethyl}- 3'-hydroxybiphenyl from Step G (0.732 g, 2.45 mmol) in EtOAc (30 mL) at 0°C was saturated with HC1 gas. The mixture was aged at 0°C for 5 min, then concentrated to dryness in vacuo to provide the titled compound as a white solid.
Step I: Preparation of 2-fluoro-4-(5-{ [(3'-hydroxybiphenyl-2- ylmethyDaminolmethyl jimidazol- l-ylmethyl)benzonitrile 2-Aminomethyl-3'-hydroxybiphenyl hydrochloride from Step H (129 mg, 0.548 mmol) and l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5- imidazolecarboxaldehyde from Example 3, Step G (132 mg, 0.576 mmol) were stiπed in MeOH (2 mL) for 30 min, then NaCNBH3 (38 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 5 with AcOH, as judged from wetted pH paper, and stirring was continued at ambient temperature for 3 days. The reaction was quenched with 10% aq. citric acid and stiπed for 20 min. Sat. aq. NaHCθ3 (10 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (4 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The titled product was crystallized from CH2CI2 - hexane and the first crop of white needles used for the next reaction.
Step J: Preparation of Compound 4. hydrochloride
A stiπed mixture of 2-fluoro-4-(5-{ [(3'-hydroxybiρhenyl-2- ylmethyl)amino]methylimidazol-l-ylmethyl)benzonitrile from Step I (91 mg, 0.221 mmol) and CS2CO3 (108 mg, 0.331 mmol) in dry, degassed
DMF (4 mL) under argon was heated to 45°C for 23 hours, then poured into aq. NaHC03 and extracted with EtOAc (3 X 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 1-7% MeOH in 0.5% NH4OH/CH2CI2 to give the desired product which was treated with HC1 in EtOAc to give the hydrochloride salt as a white powder. FAB mass spectrum m/e 393.4 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C25H20N4O-2 HCl'0.7 H2O-0.3 EtOAc:
C, 62.38; H, 5.16; N, 11.11; Found: C, 62.34; H, 4.93; N, 11.09.
EXAMPLE 5
Preparation of 22,23-dihydro-23-oxo-5//,21/ -6,10:12,16-dimetheno- 24H-benzo[g]imidazo[4,3-ra][l,8,12]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (5), hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000107_0001
5
Step A: Preparation of methyl imidazol-4-ylacetate hydrochloride A solution of 4-imidazoleacetic acid hydrochloride (4.0 g, 24.6 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) was saturated with HC1 gas at ambient temperature. Trimethyl orthoformate (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was stiπed at ambient temperature overnight then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The solid was redissolved in MeOH (100 mL) and the above procedure repeated to yield the titled compound as a white solid. Step B: Preparation of methyl l-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4- ylacetate
To a stiπed solution of methyl imidazol-4-ylacetate hydrochloride from Step A (4.30 g, 24.3 mmol) in dry DMF (50 mL) under argon were added triethylamine (5.41 g, 53.5 mmol) and triphenylmethyl bromide (8.64 g, 26.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stiπed at ambient temperature overnight, then partitioned between water (250 mL) and EtOAc (250 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with 50% hexane in EtOAc to remove nonpolar impurities, then EtOAc to elute the titled product as a white solid.
Step C: Preparation of methyl l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)imidazol- 5-ylacetate
A solution of methyl l-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4- ylacetate from Step B (0.536 g, 1.40 mmol) and 4-cyano-3-fluoro- benzylbromide from Example 1, Step D (0.300 g, 1.40 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (3 mL) was heated at 50°C under argon for 2 hours, then the precipitate was collected by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to a volume of 1 mL and then heated at 50°C for a further 2 hours. The precipitate formed was collected and combined with the first crop to give a white solid (0.63 g). This solid was dissolved in MeOH (30 mL) and heated to reflux for 2 hours. The MeOH was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between sat. aq. NaHCθ3 (20 mL) and CHCI3 (30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted further with CHCI3 (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with 3% MeOH/0.3% NH4OH in CHCI3 to give the titled product as a white solid. Step D: Preparation of lithium l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)- imidazol-5-vlacetate
To a stiπed solution of methyl l-(4-cyano-3-fluoro- benzyl)imidazol-5-ylacetate from Step C (260 mg, 0.95 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and water (1 mL) was added LiOH (40 mg, 0.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stiπed at ambient temperature for 1 hour, then the solution was adjusted to pH 7 with 1 N aq. HC1 and concentrated to dryness in vacuo to provide the titled product as a white solid which was sufficiently pure for use in the next step.
Step E: Preparation of iV-(3 ' -hydroxybiphenyl-2-ylmethyl)-2- [3-(4- cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-3#-imidazol-4-yllacetamide
A solution of lithium l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)imidazol- 5-ylacetate from Step D (143 mg, 0.55 mmol), 2-aminomethyl-3'- hydroxybiphenyl hydrochloride from Example 4, Step H (118 mg, 0.50 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (74 mg, 0.55 mmol), EDC (105 mg, 0.55 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (129 mg, 1.00 mmol) in dry, degassed DMF (2 mL) was stiπed at ambient temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between sat. aq. NaHC03 (3 mL) and CHCI3 (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted further with CHCI3 (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 3-5% MeOH/0.3- 0.5% NH4OH in CHCI3 to give the titled product as a white foam.
Step F: Preparation of Compound 5 hydrochloride
A stiπed mixture of Λr-(3'-hydroxybiphenyl-2-ylmethyl)-2- [3-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-3 /-imidazol-4-yl]acetamide from Step E (200 mg, 0.454 mmol) and Cs2C03 (222 mg, 0.681 mmol) in dry, degassed DMF (4 mL) under argon was heated to 50°C for 18 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between sat. aq. NaHC03 (10 mL) and CH2CI2 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted further with CH2CI2 (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with 3% MeOH/0.2% NH4OH in CH2CI2 to give the desired product, which was treated with HC1 in acetonitrile - water and lyophilized to give the titled compound as a white solid.
FAB mass spectrum m e 421 (M+l). Analysis calculated for C26H20N4O2O.6 HC1-2.0 H2O:
C, 65.52; H, 5.19; N, 11.76; Found: C, 65.49; H, 5.18; N, 11.70.
EXAMPLE 6
Preparation of 22,23-dihydro-5#,21^6,10: 12,16-dimetheno-24H- benzo[g]imidazo[4,3-m][l,8,l l]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (6), hydrochloride salt
Figure imgf000110_0001
Step A: Preparation of 2-chloromethyl-3'-benzyloxybiphenyl
To a solution of (3'-benzyloxybiphenyl-2-yl)methanol from Example 4, Step E (247 mg, 0.851 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (5 mL) was added thionyl chloride (1.01 g, 8.51 mmol). The reaction mixture was stiπed at ambient temperature for 2 hours, then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was concentrated twice from cyclohexane in vacuo to yield the titled compound. Step B: Preparation of (3,-benzyloxybiphenyl-2-yl)acetonitrile
To a stiπed solution of 2-chloromethyl-3'- benzyloxybiphenyl from Step A (188 mg, 0.61 mmol) in EtOH (4 mL) was added a solution of NaCN (60 mg, 1.22 mmol) in water (4 mL). The resulting solution was heated to reflux for 12 h, stood at ambient temperature for 48 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between sat. aq. NaHCθ3 (10 mL) and CH2CI2 (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted further with CH2CI2 (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 2-10% EtOAc in hexane to give the titled product.
Step C: Preparation of l-amino-2-(3'-hydroxybiphenyl-2-yl)ethane hydrochloride
A mixture of (3'-benzyloxybiphenyl-2-yl)acetonitrile from Step B (140 mg, 0.47 mmol), cone. HC1 (0.060 mL, 0.73 mmol), and 10% Pd-C (30 mg) in MeOH (15 mL) was shaken under an atmosphere of hydrogen (ca. 50 atm) for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite pad, washing with MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titled product, which was sufficiently pure for use in the next step.
Step D: Preparation of 2-fluoro-4-(5- { [2-(3 ' -hydroxybiphenyl-2- yDethylaminolmethyl }imidazol- 1 -ylmethyPbenzonitrile
1 -amino-2-(3 ' -hydroxybiphenyl-2-yl)ethane hydrochloride from Step C (0.47 mmol) and l-(4-cyano-3-fluorobenzyl)-5-imidazol- ecarboxaldehyde from Example 3, Step G (112 mg, 0.49 mmol) were stiπed in MeOH (1 mL) for 20 min, then NaCNBH3 (38 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 5 with AcOH, as judged from wetted pH paper, and stirring was continued at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was quenched with 10% aq. citric acid and stiπed for 20 min. Sat. aq. NaHC03 (10 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 1-5% MeOH/0.1- 0.5% NH4OH in CH2CI2 to give the titled product.
Step E: Preparation of Compound 6 hydrochloride
A stiπed mixture of 2-fluoro-4-(5-{ [2-(3'-hydroxy- biphenyl-2-yl)ethylamino] methyl }imidazol- 1 -ylmethyl)benzonitrile from Step D (76 mg, 0.178 mmol) and CS2CO3 (87 mg, 0.267 mmol) in dry, degassed DMF (10 mL) under argon was heated to 50°C for 18 hours, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between sat. aq. NaHC03 (10 mL) and CH2CI2 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted further with CH2CI2 (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 1-5% EtOH/0.1-0.5% NH4OH in CHCI3 to give the desired product, which was treated with
HC1 in EtOAc to give the hydrochloride salt as a white powder. FAB mass spectrum m/e 407.2 (M+l). Analysis calculated for C26H22N40-2 HC1-0.25 H2O:
C, 64.53; H, 5.10; N, 11.58; Found: C, 64.59; H, 4.98; N, 11.49.
EXAMPLE 7
Preparation of 22,23-dihydro-5#,21/7-6, 10: 12,16-dimetheno-23-methyl- 24H-benzo[g]imidazo[4,3-ra][l,8,l l]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (7), hydrochloride
Figure imgf000113_0001
7
Step A: Preparation of Compound 7 hydrochloride
To a solution of Compound 6 hydrochloride from Example 6, Step E (40 mg, 0.083 mmol) in MeOH (1 mL) was added 1.0 N aqueous NaOH (0.167 mL, 0.167 mmol), then formaldehyde (0.025 mL of a 37 wt % solution in water, 0.31 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 5 with AcOH, as judged from wetted pH paper. The mixture was stiπed for 20 min at ambient temperature, then NaCNBH3 (0.25 mL of a 1 M solution in THF, 0.25 mmol) was added, and stirring was continued at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo, then sat. aq. NaHC03 (10 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 1-4% MeOH 0.1- 0.4% NH4OH in CH2CI2 to give the titled product, which was treated with HC1 in EtOAc to give the hydrochloride salt as a white powder.
FAB mass spectrum m/e 421.2 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C27H24N40-2 HCl-0.6 H2O-0.25 EtOAc: C, 63.79; H, 5.60; N, 10.63;
Found: C, 63.79; H, 5.73; N, 10.62.
- Ill EXAMPLE 8
Preparation of (±)-5-hydroxy-5-methyl-24-oxo-21 ,22,23, 24-tetrahydro- 5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25/ -benzo[o]imidazo[4,3-/ι][l,9,12]oxadiaza- cycloheneicosine-9-carbonitrile (8). hydrochloride
Figure imgf000114_0001
8
Step A: Preparation of 4-cyano-3-fluorotoluene
To a deoxygenated solution of 4-bromo-3-fluorotoluene (25.0 g, 132 mmol) in DMF (500 mL) was added Zn(CN)2 (10.1 g, 86 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (15 g, 13 mmol). The reaction was stiπed at
100°C for 18 hrs, then cooled to room temperature. The solution was poured into toluene (1 L), washed with 30% aq. NH4OH (2 x 1 L), then brine (800 mL), then dried (Na2Sθ4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. Purification by silica gel chromatography, eluting with a gradient of hexane - 0% to 7% EtOAc, yielded the titled product.
Step B: Preparation of α.α-dibromo-4-cyano-3-fluorotoluene
To a solution of 4-cyano-3-fluorotoluene from Step A (4.0 g, 29.6 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (250 mL) was added N- bromosuccinimide (10.5 g, 59.2 mmol) and 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (490 mg, 3.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux under argon for 24 hrs, then cooled to room temperature, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with a gradient of hexane - 3% to 7% EtOAc, to yield the titled product as a yellow-brown solid.
Step C: Preparation of 4-cyano-3-fluorobenzaldehyde To a solution of α,α-dibromo-4-cyano-3-fluorotoluene, as described above in Step B, (5.60 g, 19.1 mmol) in EtOH (255 mL) and water (45 mL) was added AgN03. The mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hrs, then stood at ambient temperature for 18 hrs, then the solid was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of approximately 20 mL. Water (30 mL) was added, and the mixture was concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between sat. aq. NaHC03 (20 mL) and CH2CI2 (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted further with CH2CI2 (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dried for several days at ca. 0.5 mm Hg to yield the desired aldehyde as a pale solid.
Step D: Preparation of (4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)[l-
(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4-yllmethanol To a solution of 4-iodo-l-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole (2.93 g, 6.71 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (30 mL), under argon, was added MeMgBr (2.35 mL of a 3.0 M solution in Et2θ, 7.05 mmol), dropwise. The resulting solution was stiπed at ambient temperature for 1 hr, then transfeπed dropwise into a stiπed solution of 4-cyano-3- fluorobenzaldehyde from Step C (1.00 g, 6.71 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL), under argon, at -78°C. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was quenched with sat. aq. NH4CI (50 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with EtOAc to yield the desired aldehyde as a white solid of sufficient purity for use in the next step. Step E: Preparation of 4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl 1-
(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4-yl ketone
To a solution of (4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)[l- (triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4-yllmethanol from Step D (10.0 g, 21.8 mmol) in CH2CI2 (300 mL) was added Mnθ2 (18.9 g, 218 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hrs. The mixture was allowed to cool, then filtered through a pad of celite, washing with CH2CI2. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the titled product as a white solid that was sufficiently pure for use in the next step.
Step F: Preparation of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l-[l-
(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4-yl]ethanol
To a solution of 4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl 1- (triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4-yl ketone from Step E (7.0 g, 15.3 mmol) in dry THF (280 mL), under argon, at -78 °C, was added MeMgBr (5.3 mL of a 3.0 M solution in Et2θ, 15.9 mmol), dropwise. After 1 hr, the reaction mixture was quenched with sat. aq. NH4CI (100 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSθ4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with a gradient of hexane - 30% to 50% EtOAc, to yield the titled product as pale solid.
Step G: Preparation of {5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hvdroxyethyllimidazol-1-yl} acetic acid methyl ester To a stiπed solution of l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l-[l- (triphenylmethyl)imidazol-4-yllethanol from Step F (200 mg, 0.42 mmol), methyl glycolate (35 mg, 0.39 mmol), and N,N- diisopropylethylamine (65 mg, 0.51 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (10 mL), under argon, at -78°C, was added trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (110 mg, 0.39 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was allowed to warm slowly to ambient temperature, then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and the solution was heated to reflux for 1 hr, then concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with 4% MeOH - 0.4% NH4OH in CHCI3, to yield the titled product as a white solid.
Step H: Preparation of {5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hydroxyethyllimidazol-1-yl} acetic acid, lithium salt A mixture of {5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hydroxyethyllimidazol-1-yl} acetic acid methyl ester from Step G (50 mg, 0.165 mmol) and LiOH (7.3 mg, 0.174 mmol) was stiπed in THF (1.7 mL) and H2O (0.3 mL) at ambient temperature for 2 hrs. The solution was adjusted to pH ~ 7 by the addition of 1.0 N aq. HC1 and then concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product.
Step I: Preparation of 2-{5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hydroxyethyl]imidazol- 1 -yl } -N- [2-(3 '-hydroxybiphenyl-2- y Dethyll acetamide
A solution of {5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hydroxyethyl]imidazol-l-yl} acetic acid, lithium salt from Step H (40 mg, 0.145 mmol), l-amino-2-(3'-hydroxybiphenyl-2-yl)ethane from Example 6, Step C (33 mg, 0.155 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (23 mg, 0.17 mmol), EDC (33 mg, 0.17 mmol), and N,N- diisopropylethylamine (40 mg, 0.31 mmol) in dry, degassed DMF (1 mL) was stiπed at ambient temperature for 18 hrs. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between sat. aq. NaHC03 (1 mL) and CHCI3 (3 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted further with CHCI3 (2 x 2 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography, eluting with 6% MeOH/0.6% NH4OH in CH2CI2 to give the titled product as a white solid.
Step J: Preparation of Compound 8 hydrochloride
A stiπed mixture of 2-{5-[l-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)-l- hydroxyethyljimidazol- 1 -yl }-Λ -[2-(3'-hydroxybiphenyl-2- yl)ethyl]acetamide from Step I (13 mg, 0.027 mmol) and Cs2C03 (13 mg, 0.040 mmol) in dry, degassed DMF (2 mL) under argon was heated to 50°C for 18 hours. After addition of more Cs2Cθ3 (5 mg, 0.015 mmol), the mixture was heated to 60°C for 4 hrs. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with 5% MeOH/0.5% NH4OH in CH2CI2 to give the desired product, which was treated with HC1 in acetonitrile - water and lyophilized to give the titled compound as a white solid. FAB mass spectrum m/e 465 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C28H24N4θ3»HCM.2 H2θ»l.l CH2CI2:
C, 60.64; H, 4.99; N, 9.74; Found: C, 60.64; H, 5.01; N, 9.88.
EXAMPLE 9
Preparation of 17-Oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5Z/-6,10: 12,16- dimetheno-25H, 26 -benzo[«]imidazo[3,4-/ι] [1,8, 12, 16]oxatriaza- cyclodocosine-9-carbonitrile (9)
Figure imgf000118_0001
Step A: Preparation of 4-bromo-3-fluorobenzoic acid
4-Bromo-3-fluorotoluene(40.0 g, 0.212 mol) was heated at 90°C in H2O (200 mL) and pyridine (200 mL) with mechanical stirring under Ar. Potassium permanganate (KMnθ4) (67 g, 0.424 mol) was added portionwise over 3 h. After 4 h, an HPLC of a filtered sample indicated 50 % conversion to the acid. An additional 30 g of KMnθ4 was added and heating continued overnight. HPLC indicated 81% conversion. Further KMnθ4 was added portionwise with reaction monitoring by HPLC until > 95% conversion was obtained. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, the filter pad washed with H2θ, aq NaOH and EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated to a small volume, then partitioned between 3N NaOH solution and diethyl ether. The aqueous basic layer was separated, cooled in an ice- H2θ bath and acidified slowly with 6N HC1 solution to precipitate the white solid product. This was collected by suction filtration and dried at 40°C. in a vacuum oven overnight to give the title compound, mp 190 -192°C. IH NMR (CDC13) d 7.83 (dd, IH, J = 2, 9 Hz), 7.78 (dd, IH, J = 2, 8 Hz), 7.67 - 7.71 (m, IH).
Step B: Preparation of 4-bromo-3-fluorobenzyl alcohol
4-Bromo-3-fluorobenzoic acid (40.8 g, 0.187 mol) was dissolved in THF (250 ml) with magnetic stirring under Ar in an ice- H2O bath. The cloudy solution was treated dropwise with borane-THF complex (1 M) (374 mL, 0.374 mol) over a 1 h period maintaining the internal temperature at <10°C. The reaction mixture was left to warm to ambient temperature overnight, then cooled in an ice H2O bath and treated dropwise with H2O ( 150 mL). The THF was removed on a rotary evaporator, and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and H2O.
The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL), the organic layers combined, washed with brine, and dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound as an oil which solidified on standing.
IH NMR (CDCI3) d 7.52 (t, IH, J = 8 Hz), 7.16 (d, IH, J = 9 Hz), 7.02
(d, IH, J = 8 Hz), 4.67 (s, 2H), 1.47 ( br s, IH).
Step C: Preparation of 2-fluoro-4-hvdroxymethylbenzonitrile
4-Bromo-3-fluorobenzyl alcohol( 20 g, 0.097 mol) was dissolved in DMF (100 mL) and then placed under high vacuum for 15 min. The solution was then purged with Ar for 15 min. While purging continued, zinc cyanide ( 8 g, 0.068 mol) and the catalyst, Pd[(PPh3)]4, (5.63 g, 0.0049 mol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 95 °C under Ar f or 18 h, then cooled to ambient temperature and added to H2O. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc, then washed with 1 M HCl, H2O, brine, and dried (Na2Sθ4). Filtration and concentration to dryness gave the title compound as a white solid after chromatography (silica gel, hexane: EtOAc, 6.5:3.5).
IH NMR (CDCI3) d 7.61 (t, IH, J = 8 Hz), 7.23 - 7.29 (m, 2H), 4.80 (d, 2H, J = 6 Hz), 1.93 ( t, IH, J = 6Hz).
Step D: Preparation of 4-bromomethyl-2-fluoro-benzonitrile
N-Bromosuccinimide (6.6 g, 0.037 mol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (150 mL), cooled to 0°C and treated with dimethylsulfide (3.27 mL, 0.0446 mol). The solution was cooled to -20°C and then treated dropwise with a solution of 2-fluoro-4-hydroxymethylbenzonitrile (3.74 g, 0.0248 mol) in CH2CI2 (30 mL). After the addition, the reaction mixture was stiπed at 0°C for 2 h then left to warm to ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was added to ice/ H2O, extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer separated, washed with brine and dried (MgS04). Filtration and concentration to dryness gave the title compound which was purified by chromatography (silica gel, 5-
10% EtOAc/ hexane. lH NMR (CDCI3) d 7.61 (dd, IH, J = 8, 8 Hz), 7.26 - 7.30 (m, 2H),
4.45 (s, 2H).
Step E: Preparation of {2-[3-(4-cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-3H- imidazol-4-yll -ethyl 1-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester To a solution of Nr-pivaloyloxymethyl-Nα-phthaloyl- histamine (J. C. Emmett, F. H. Holloway, and J. L. Turner, J. Chem. Soc, Perkin Trans. 1, 1341, (1979)) ( 4.59 g, 0.0124 mol) in acetonitrile (40 mL) was added 4-bromomethyl-2-fluorobenzonitrile
(2.8 g, 0.013 mol) and the mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hr. A white solid precipitate formed, which after cooling to 0°C, was collected by filtration to obtain the quaternary salt. This intermediate was dissolved in EtOH (100 mL), hydrazine (1.46 mL, 0.046 mol) was added, and the mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hr. A white precipitate was observed and the reaction was cooled to 25 °C. Dimethylphthalate (11.4 mL, 0.0699 mol) was added and the mixture was again refluxed for 18 hr. After cooling to 25 °C the precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in THF (125 mL) and H2θ (25 mL). To this solution was added solid Na2C03 (4.0 g, 0.0377 mol) and BOC20 (4.47 g, 0.020 mol) and the reaction was stiπed for 18 hr. The THF was removed in vacuo and the mixture was partitioned with EtOAc and saturated NaHC03. The EtOAc layer was washed with brine, dried with MgS04, and evaporated in vacuo to obtain the title product after chromatography (silica gel, CH2θ2:MeOH:NH4θH/ 97:3:0.3.
Step F: Preparation of 4-[5-(2-amino-ethyl)-imidazol-l-ylmethyl]-
2-fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride
A solution of {2-[3-(4-cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-3H- imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.0 g, 0.0029 mol) in EtOAc (30 mL) was cooled to -20°C and saturated with HCl gas. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction was stiπed for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo to obtain the title compound which was used without further purification.
Step G: Preparation of N-(2-methoxycarbonylphenyl)-3- phenylmethoxybenzyl amide
To a solution of 3-phenylmethoxybenzoyl chloride (11.1 g, 45.1mmol) in CHCI3 (125 mL) at 0°C was added NEt3 (12.5 mL, 90.3 mmol) and methyl 2-aminobenzoate (5.26 mL, 40.6 mmol) and the mixture was stiπed for 1 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the resulting solid residue was triturated with hexane/EtOAc (85/15) to obtain the title compound which was used without further purification. Step H: Preparation of N-(2-hydroxymethylphenyl)-3- phenylmethoxybenzyl amide
To a solution of N-(2-methoxycarbonylphenyl)-3- phenylmethoxybenzyl amide (15.9 g, 44.0 mmol) in THF (300 mL) at 0°C was added L1BH4 (2.0 M in THF, 33.0 mL, 66.0 mmol). The cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued for 216 h. The reaction was quenched with MeOH (100 mL) and stiπed for 2 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated NaHCθ3. The organic layer was separated, washed with 10% HCl, H2O, brine, and dried (MgS04). Filtration and concentration in vacuo gave the title compound which was used without further purification.
Step I: Preparation of N-(2-hydroxymethylphenyl)-3- hvdroxybenzyl amide
To a solution of N-(2-hydroxymethylphenyl)-3- phenylmethoxybenzyl amide (10.0 g, 41.1 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (1.5 g) and the mixture was placed in a Paar apparatus under 50 psi H2 and shaken for 18 h. The mixture was filtered and the solvents were removed in vacuo to obtain the title compound which was used without further purification.
Step J: Preparation of N-(2-formyl-phenyl)-3-hydroxy-benzamide
To a solution of N-(2-hydroxymethylphenyl)-3- hydroxybenzyl amide (6.5 g, 26.7 mmol) in CH2CI2 (120 ml) at 0°C was added NEt3 (13.0 ml, 93.4 mmol) and pyridine • SO3 complex (12.7 g, 80.1 mmol ) in DMSO, 50 mL) and the solution was stiπed 4 h at 25°C. The reaction was poured into ice and 10% HCl, and the layers were partitioned. The aqueous layer was washed 2x with CH2CI2. All CH2CI2 layers were combined and washed with H2O, saturated
NaHC03, brine, and dried (MgSθ4). The solution was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to obtain the crude product which was purified on Siθ2 gel using hexane / EtOAc 7 13 to obtain the title compound. Step K: Preparation of N-[2-({2-[3-(4-cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-3H- imidazol-4-yl]-ethylamino}-methyl)-phenyl]-3-hydroxy- benzamide
To a solution of 4-[5-(2-amino-ethyl)-imidazol-l-ylmethyl]- 2-fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride (Step F) (0.64 g, 2.03 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was added NEt3 dropwise to pH = 4.5. To this solution was added N-(2-formyl-phenyl)-3-hydroxy-benzamide (0.64 g, 2.64 mmol) and NaCNBH3 (0.255 g, 4.06 mmol), and the reaction was stiπed 18 h at 25°C. The MeOH was removed in vacuo , and the residue was partitioned with EtOAc and saturated NaHC03 . The organic layer was separated and washed 3x with 10% HCl. The acidic layers were combined, made basic with Na2Cθ3 , then extracted 3x with EtOAc. These layers were combined, washed with brine and dried (MgS04). Filtration and concentration in vacuo gave the crude product which was purified by prep HPLC to obtain the title compound.
Step L: Preparation of compound 9
To a solution of N-[2-({2-[3-(4-cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-3H- imidazol-4-yl]-ethylamino}-methyl)-phenyl]-3-hydroxy-benzamide (0.18 g, 0.405 mmol) in DMSO (8 mL) was added Cs2C03 (0.53 g,
1.62 mmol) and the reaction was stiπed for 6 h at 25°C. The reaction was partitioned with EtOAc and saturated NaHC03. The aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc, the organics combined, washed with brine, and dried (MgS04). Filtration and concentration in vacuo gave the crude product which was purified on prep HPLC to obtain the title compound. FAB mass spectrum m/e 450 (M+l). Analysis calculated for C27H23N5O2 #0.5 H2O:
C, 70.72; H, 5.28; N, 15.28; Found: C, 70.73; H, 5.23; N, 15.12. EXAMPLE 10
Preparation of 3-Methyl- 17-oxo- 17, 18,23,24-tetrahydro-5#-6, 10: 12, 16- dimetheno-25 7, 26#-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-/ι] [1 ,8, 12, 16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (10)
Figure imgf000124_0001
Step A: Preparation of 4-[5-(2-amino-ethyl)-2-(methyl)-imidazol-l- ylmethyll-2-fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride
Using the procedures described in Example 9, Steps A - F, but substituting NT-pivaloyloxymethyl-Nα-phthaloyl-2-methyl- histamine in place of Nr-pivaloyloxymethyl-Nα-phthaloyl-histamine in
Step E, the title compound was prepared.
Step B: Preparation compound 10 Using the procedures described in Example 9, Steps K and L, but substituting 4-[5-(2-amino-ethyl)-2-(methyl)-imidazol-l-ylmethyl]-2- fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride (2.0 g, 6.04 mmol) in place of 4- [5- (2-amino-ethyl)-imidazol- 1 -ylmethyl] -2-fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride in step K the title compound was prepared. FAB mass spectrum m/e 464 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C28H25N5O2 β0.3 EtOAc:
C, 71.57; H, 5.64; N, 14.29; Found: C, 71.64; H, 5.42; N, 14.08. EXAMPLE 11
Preparation of 24-tert-Butoxy carbony 1-3 -methyl- 17-oxo- 17, 18, 23,24- tetrahydro-5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25/T, 26#-benzo[«]imidazo[3,4- h]\l.8.12.161 oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (11)
Figure imgf000125_0001
To a solution of 3-Methyl- 17-oxo- 17,18,23,24-tetrahydro- 5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25H, 26 -benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16]- oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (Example 10) (0.3 g, 0.647 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 mL) was added NEt3 (0.18 mL, 1.29 mmol) and di-tef -butyl dicarbonate (0.28 g, 1.29 mmol). After stirring for 42 h the solution was partitioned between CH2CI2 and saturated NaHC03 solution . The organic layer was separated, washed with H2O, brine, and dried (MgS04). Filtration and concentration in vacuo gave the title compound which was used without further purification.
EXAMPLE 12
Preparation of 24-?er?-Butoxycarbonyl-18-ethyl-3-methyl-17-oxo- 17, 18,23,24-tetrahydro-5Z/-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno-25H, 26H- benzo[«]imidazo[3,4- ι] [1 ,8, 12, 16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9- carbonitrile (12)
Figure imgf000126_0001
To a solution of 24-te? -Butoxycarbonyl -3-methyl-17-oxo- 17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5#-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25H, 26H- benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9- carbonitrile (0.2g, 0.356 mmol) in DMF (8.0 mL) at 0°C was added NaH (.028 g, 0.712 mmol) and the mixture was stiπed for 20 min. To this was added ethyl iodide (0.056 mL, 0.70 mmol) and the reaction was stiπed for 20 hr at 25°C. The DMF was removed in vacuo , and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated NaHCθ3 solution. The organic layer was separated, washed with H2θ, brine, and dried (MgSθ4). Filtration and concentration in vacuo gave the title compound which was used without further purification. EXAMPLE 13
Preparation of 18-Ethyl-3-methyl- 17-oxo- 17, 18,23,24-tetrahydro-5H- 6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno-25H, 26#-benzo[n]imidazo[3 ,4-h] [ 1 ,8, 12, 16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (13)
Figure imgf000127_0001
A solution of of 24-te -butoxycarbonyl -18-ethyl-3- methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25H, 26 /-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8, 12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9- carbonitrile (0.31 g) in TFA/ CH2CI2 3/1 (8 mL) was stiπed for 45 min. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by prep HPLC to obtain the title compound. FAB mass spectrum m/e 492 (M+l)
EXAMPLE 14
Preparation of of 24-Acetyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro- 5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25^, 26H-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-/ι][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (14)
Figure imgf000128_0001
14
To a solution of of 3-methyl- 17-oxo- 17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5H- 6,10: 12,16-dimetheno-25H, 26#-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (Example 10) (0.036 g, 0.078 mmol) in CH2CI2 (3.0 mL) was added NEt3 (0.032 mL) and acetyl chloride (0.0072 mL). After 2 h the reaction was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated NaHCθ3 solution. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgS04). Filtration and concentration in vacuo gave the title compound. FAB mass spectrum m/e 506 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C30H27N5O3 »0.55 H2θ:
C, 69.89; H, 5.49; N, 13.59; Found: C, 70.11; H, 5.44; N, 13.19. EXAMPLE 15
Preparation of of 3-methyl-24-methylsulfonylethyl-17-oxo- 17, 18,23,24-tetrahydro-5H-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno-25H, 26H- benzo[n]imidazo[3 ,4-h] [1,8, 12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9- carbonitrile (15)
Figure imgf000129_0001
To a solution of 3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro- 5H-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno-25H, 26H-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h] [1 ,8, 12, 16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (Example 10) (0.04 g, 0.087 mmol) in CH3CN (5.0 mL) was added NEt3 (0.050 mL) and methyl vinylsulfone (0.023 mL, 0.261 mmol). The reaction was refluxed for 72 h, the solvents removed in vacuo , and the residue purified on prep HPLC to obtain the title compound. FAB mass spectrum m/e 570 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 16
Preparation of 3,24-Dimethyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5H- 6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25i7, 26H-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (16)
Figure imgf000130_0001
To a solution of 3 -methyl- 17-oxo- 17, 18,23, 24-tetrahydro- 5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25 /, 26if-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine-9-carbonitrile (0.036 g, 0.078 mmol) in MeOH (5.0 mL) at pH = 4-5 was added paraformaldehyde (0.020 g) and
NaCNBH3 (0.010 g). After stirring for 2 h the MeOH was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated NaHC03 solution. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, and dried (MgS04). Filtration and concentration in vacuo gave the title compound.
FAB mass spectrum m/e 478 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 17
Preparation of 17, 18-Dihydro- 15-iodo-3-methyl- 17-oxo-5#-6, 10:12,16- dimetheno- 19 /,20H-imidazo[3,4- ι] [ 1 ,8, 12]oxadiazacyclooctadecine-9- carbonitrile (17)
Figure imgf000131_0001
Step A: Preparation of 5-Hydroxy-2-iodobenzoic acid
The titled compound was prepared as in Robert A. Moss, K. W. Alwis, and Jae-Sup Shin, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1984, 106, 2651- 2655.
Step B: Preparation of N-{2-[3-(4-Cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-2- methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl] -ethyl } -5-hydroxy-2-iodo- benzamide A stiπed mixture of 4-[5-(2-amino-ethyl)-2-(methyl)- imidazol-l-ylmethyl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile dihydrochloride as prepared in Example 10, Step A (2.00 g, 6.038 mmol), 5-hydroxy-2-iodobenzoic acid (1.594 g, 6.038 mmol), 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (816 mg, 6.038 mmol), and triethylamine (2.52 mL, 18.114 mmol) in dry DMF (12.0 mL) was cooled to 0°C, and EDC (1.158 g, 6.038 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0°C for 15 minutes, the reaction mixture was stiπed at ambient temperature overnight, then poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried (MgSθ4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was preabsorbed onto silica gel and purified by flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of 6-9% MeOH/CH2θ2 to give the titled product. Η NMR: CD3OD (δ, 400MHz) 7.73 (lH,dd, J=6.8 and 7.9Hz), 7.59(1H, d, J=8.6Hz), 7.01(1H, d, J=9.9Hz), 6.95(1H, d, J=8.0Hz), 6.85(1H, s), 6.71(1H, d, J=2.9Hz), 6.61(1H, dd, J=2.9 and 8.6Hz), 5.37(2H, s), 3.47(2H, t, J=7.2Hz), 2.78(2H, d, J=7.2Hz), and 2.28(3H, s) ppm.
Step C: Preparation of compound 17
A flask containing cesium carbonate (3.23 g, 9.915 mmol) was purged with argon, DMF (40 mL) was added and the sluπy was warmed to 60°C with stirring. A solution of N-{2-[3-(4-cyano-3- fluoro-benzyl)-2-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-5-hydroxy-2-iodo- benzamide from Step B (2.00 g, 3.966 mmol) in DMF (45 mL) was added via syringe pump over 8 hours. The reaction was heated for an additional hour and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The crude reaction was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine, dried (MgSθ4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 7% MeOH/CH2θ2 to give the desired product as a white solid.
Η NMR: CD3θD(δ, 400MHz) 7.96 (lH,d, J=8.6Hz), 7.80(1H, d, J=8.1Hz), 7.32(1H, d, J=8.1Hz), 7.08(1H, dd, J=2.9 and 8.6Hz), 7.03(lH,d, J=2.9Hz ), 6.50(1H, s), 6.13(1H, s), 5.50-5.00(2H, brs), 4.00-2.40(4H, m) and 2.21(3H, s) ppm. FAB mass spectrum m e 485.05 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 18
Preparation of πjδ-Dihydro-S-methyl-π-oxo-lS-phenyl-S /- 6,10:12,16-dimetheno-19i7,20 /-imidazo[3,4-Λ][l,8,12]oxadiaza- cyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (18) trifluoroacetate salt
Figure imgf000133_0001
To a degassed solution of the iodide from Example 17, Step C (75 mg, 0.155 mmol) in dioxane (550 μL) was added tribasic potassium phosphate (65.8 mg, 0.310 mmol), phenylboronic acid (28.4 mg, 0.233 mmol), triphenylphosphine (2.4 mg, 0.0093 mmol), and palladium (II) acetate (1.1 mg, 0.0047 mmol). The reaction was heated at 90° C overnight. Additional triphenylphosphine (4.8 mg, 0.0186 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (2.2 mg, 0.0.0094 mmol) was added and heating continued overnight. Additional triphenylphosphine (4.8 mg, 0.0186 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (2.2 mg, 0.0.0094 mmol) was added and heated overnight again. The crude reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with NaHCθ3 (40 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep HPLC (5-95% acetonitrile/water + 0.1% TFA gradient elution on C-18 column). Product fractions were lyophilized to give the desired product as a white solid. Η NMR: CD3OD (δ, 300MHz) 7.88 (lH,d, J=8.1Hz), 7.57QH, d,
J=8.6Hz), 7.54-7.32(7H,m), 7.26(1H, s), 7.09(1H, d, J=2.4Hz), 6.43(1H, s), 5.70-5.30(2H, brs), 4.00-2.40(4H, m) and 2.53(3H, s) ppm. FAB mass spectrum m/e 435.18 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C27H22N4θ2*1.20 TFA- 1.90 H2θ:
C, 58.31; H, 4.49; N, 9.25; Found: C, 58.32; H, 4.50; N, 8.87.
EXAMPLE 19
Preparation of trans- 15-[2-(3-Chlorophenyl)ethenyl]- 17, 18-dihydro-3- methyl- 1 l-oxo-5H-6, 10:12,16-dimetheno- 19H,20H-imidazo[3 ,4- /ι][l,8,12]oxadiazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (19) trifluoroacetate salt
Figure imgf000134_0001
To a stiπing mixture of the iodide from Example 17, Step C (75 mg, 0.155 mmol), tri-o-tolylphosphine (18.9 mg, 0.062 mmol), and palladium(II) acetate (7.0 mg, 0.031 mmol) in DMF (600 μL) under argon was added triethylamine (108 μL, 0.775 mmol) followed by 3- chlorostyrene (59.1 μL, 0.465 mmol). The reaction was degassed 3 times and then heated at 100°C overnight. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and poured into NaHCθ3 and extracted with CH2CI2. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep HPLC (5-95% acetonitrile/water + 0.1% TFA gradient elution on C-18 column). The product fractions were lyophilized to give the titled product as a white solid. Η NMR: CD3OD (δ, 300MHz) 7.98 (lH,d, J=8.8Hz), 7.88(1H, d,
J=8.1Hz), 7.55(lH,brt, J=0.5Hz), 7.50-7.10(8H,m), 7.04(1H, d,
J=2.7Hz), 6.47(1H, s), 5.52(2H, brs), 4.00-2.40(4H, m) and 2.52(3H, s) ppm.
FAB mass spectrum m/e 495.16 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C29H23N4O2CM.4O TFA- 1.60 H2O:
C, 55.88; H, 4.07; N, 8.20; Found: C, 55.87; H, 4.05; N, 8.10.
EXAMPLE 20
Preparation of 18-Benzyl- 17, 18-dihydro- 15-iodo-3-methyl- 17-oxo-5H- 6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno- 19H,20#-imidazo[3,4-/ι] [1 ,8, 12]oxadiaza- cyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (20)
Figure imgf000135_0001
20
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil) (5.92 mg, 0.148 mmol) was washed with hexanes under argon. DMF (600 μL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0°C with stirring. A solution of the iodide from Example 17, Step C (55 mg, 0.114 mmol) in DMF (800 μL) was added. After 10 minutes, benzyl bromide (13.6 μL, 0.114 mmol) was added and the reaction was stiπed at 0°C for 15 minutes before allowing the reaction to stir at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with NH4CI aq. and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSθ4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of 4-5% MeOH/CH2θ2 to give the titled product. Η NMR: CDC13 (δ, 300MHz) 7.86 (lH,d, J=8.6Hz), 7.71(1H, d, J=8.1Hz), 7.50-7.19(5H, m), 7.13(1H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.98(lH,dd, J=8.6 and 2.7Hz ), 6.71(1H, d, J=2.7Hz), 6.43(1H, s), 6.14(lH,s), 5.41(lH,d, J=14Hz), 5.13(1H, d, J=18Hz), 4.83(lH,d, J=18Hz). 4.13(1H, d, J=14Hz) 3.65-3.40(lH,m), 3.30-2.90(2H,m), 2.24(3H,s),and 2.18-2.00 (lH,m) ppm.
FAB mass spectrum m/e 575.09 (M+l).
Analysis calculated for C28H23N4θ2l'0.05 CH2CI2 -0.95 H2O:
C, 56.54; H, 4.23; N, 9.40; Found: C, 56.54; H, 4.21; N, 9.25.
EXAMPLE 21
In vitro inhibition of ras farnesyl transferase
Transferase Assays. Isoprenyl-protein transferase activity assays are carried out at 30°C unless noted otherwise. A typical reaction contains (in a final volume of 50 μL): [^HJfarnesyl diphosphate, Ras protein , 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 5 mM MgCl2, 5 mM dithiothreitol, 10 μM ZnCl2, 0.1% polyethyleneglycol (PEG) (15,000-20,000 mw) and isoprenyl-protein transferase. The FPTase employed in the assay is prepared by recombinant expression as described in Omer, C.A., Krai, A.M., Diehl, R.E., Prendergast, G.C., Powers, S., Allen, CM., Gibbs, J.B. and Kohl, N.E. (1993) Biochemistry 32:5167-5176. After thermally pre-equilibrating the assay mixture in the absence of enzyme, reactions are initiated by the addition of isoprenyl-protein transferase and stopped at timed intervals (typically 15 min) by the addition of 1 M HCl in ethanol (1 mL). The quenched reactions are allowed to stand for 15 m (to complete the precipitation process). After adding 2 mL of 100% ethanol, the reactions are vacuum-filtered through Whatman GF/C filters. Filters are washed four times with 2 mL aliquots of 100% ethanol, mixed with scintillation fluid (10 mL) and then counted in a Beckman LS3801 scintillation counter.
For inhibition studies, assays are run as described above, except inhibitors are prepared as concentrated solutions in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide and then diluted 20-fold into the enzyme assay mixture. Substrate concentrations for inhibitor IC50 determinations are as follows: FTase, 650 nM Ras-CVLS (SEQ.ID.NO.: 1), 100 nM farnesyl diphosphate.
The compounds of the instant invention are tested for inhibitory activity against human FPTase by the assay described above.
The compounds of the instant invention described in the above Examples 1-20 were tested for inhibitory activity against human FPTase by the assay described above and were found to have IC50 of
<50 μM.
EXAMPLE 22
Modified In vitro GGTase inhibition assay The modified geranylgeranyl-protein transferase inhibition assay is carried out at room temperature. A typical reaction contains (in a final volume of 50 μL): [^H] geranylgeranyl diphosphate, biotinylated
Ras peptide, 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, a modulating anion (for example 10 mM glycerophosphate or 5mM ATP), 5 mM MgCl2, 10 μM ZnCl2, 0.1% PEG (15,000-20,000 mw), 2 mM dithiothreitol, and geranylgeranyl-protein transferase type I(GGTase). The GGTase-type I enzyme employed in the assay is prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,470,832, incoφorated by reference. The Ras peptide is derived from the K4B-Ras protein and has the following sequence: biotinyl- GKKKKKKSKTKCVIM (single amino acid code) (SEQ.ID.NO.: 2). Reactions are initiated by the addition of GGTase and stopped at timed intervals (typically 15 min) by the addition of 200 μL of a 3 mg/mL suspension of streptavidin SPA beads (Scintillation Proximity Assay beads, Amersham) in 0.2 M sodium phosphate, pH 4, containing 50 mM EDTA, and 0.5% BSA. The quenched reactions are allowed to stand for 2 hours before analysis on a Packard TopCount scintillation counter.
For inhibition studies, assays are run as described above, except inhibitors are prepared as concentrated solutions in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide and then diluted 25-fold into the enzyme assay mixture. IC50 values are determined with Ras peptide near KM concentrations. Enzyme and substrate concentrations for inhibitor IC50 determinations are as follows: 75 pM GGTase-I, 1.6 μM Ras peptide, 100 nM geranylgeranyl diphosphate. The compounds of the instant invention are tested for inhibitory activity against human GGTase-type I by the assay described above.
EXAMPLE 23
Cell-based in vitro ras farnesylation assay
The cell line used in this assay is a v-ras line derived from either Ratl or NIH3T3 cells, which expressed viral Ha-ras p21. The assay is performed essentially as described in DeClue, J.E. et al., Cancer Research 51:712-717, (1991). Cells in 10 cm dishes at 50-75% confluency are treated with the test compound (final concentration of solvent, methanol or dimethyl sulfoxide, is 0.1%). After 4 hours at 37°C, the cells are labeled in 3 ml methionine-free DMEM supplemented with 10% regular DMEM, 2% fetal bovine serum and 400 μCi[35S]methionine (1000 Ci/mmol). After an additional 20 hours, the cells are lysed in 1 ml lysis buffer (1% NP40/20 mM HEPES, pH 7.5/5 mM MgCl2/lmM DT /10 mg/ml aprotinen/2 mg/ml leupeptin/2 mg/ml antipain/0.5 mM PMSF) and the ly sates cleared by centrifugation at 100,000 x g for 45 min. Aliquots of ly sates containing equal numbers of acid-precipitable counts are bought to 1 ml with IP buffer (lysis buffer lacking DTT) and immuno-precipitated with the ras-specific monoclonal antibody Y13-259 (Furth, M.E. et al., J. Virol. 43:294-304, (1982)). Following a 2 hour antibody incubation at 4°C, 200 μl of a 25% suspension of protein A-Sepharose coated with rabbit anti rat IgG is added for 45 min. The immuno-precipitates are washed four times with IP buffer (20 nM HEPES, pH 7.5/1 mM EDTA/1% Triton X- 100.0.5% deoxycholate/0.1%/SDS/0.1 M NaCl) boiled in SDS-PAGE sample buffer and loaded on 13% acrylamide gels. When the dye front reached the bottom, the gel is fixed, soaked in Enlightening, dried and autoradiographed. The intensities of the bands coπesponding to farnesylated and nonfarnesylated ras proteins are compared to determine the percent inhibition of farnesyl transfer to protein.
EXAMPLE 24
Cell-based in vitro growth inhibition assay
To determine the biological consequences of FPTase inhibition, the effect of the compounds of the instant invention on the anchorage-independent growth of Ratl cells transformed with either a v-ras, v-raf, or v-mos oncogene is tested. Cells transformed by v-Raf and v-Mos maybe included in the analysis to evaluate the specificity of instant compounds for Ras-induced cell transformation.
Rat 1 cells transformed with either v-ras, v-raf, or v-mos are seeded at a density of 1 x lθ4 cells per plate (35 mm in diameter) in a 0.3% top agarose layer in medium A (Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum) over a bottom agarose layer (0.6%). Both layers contain 0.1% methanol or an appropriate concentration of the instant compound (dissolved in methanol at 1000 times the final concentration used in the assay). The cells are fed twice weekly with 0.5 ml of medium A containing 0.1% methanol or the concentration of the instant compound. Photomicrographs are taken 16 days after the cultures are seeded and comparisons are made. EXAMPLE 25
Construction of SEAP reporter plasmid pDSElOO
The SEAP reporter plasmid, pDSElOO was constructed by ligating a restriction fragment containing the SEAP coding sequence into the plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI. The SEAP gene is derived from the plasmid pSEAP2-Basic (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA). The plasmid pCMV- RE-AKI was constructed by Deborah Jones (Merck) and contains 5 sequential copies of the 'dyad symmetry response element' cloned upstream of a 'CAT-TATA' sequence derived from the cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter. The plasmid also contains a bovine growth hormone poly-A sequence.
The plasmid, pDSElOO was constructed as follows. A restriction fragment encoding the SEAP coding sequence was cut out of the plasmid pSEAP2-Basic using the restriction enzymes EcoRI and Hpal. The ends of the linear DNA fragments were filled in with the Klenow fragment of E. coli DNA Polymerase I. The 'blunt ended' DNA containing the SEAP gene was isolated by electrophoresing the digest in an agarose gel and cutting out the 1694 base pair fragment. The vector plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI was linearized with the restriction enzyme Bgl-II and the ends filled in with Klenow DNA Polymerase I. The SEAP DNA fragment was blunt end ligated into the pCMV-RE- AKI vector and the ligation products were transformed into DH5-alpha E. coli cells (Gibco-BRL). Transformants were screened for the proper insert and then mapped for restriction fragment orientation. Properly oriented recombinant constructs were sequenced across the cloning junctions to verify the coπect sequence. The resulting plasmid contains the SEAP coding sequence downstream of the DSE and CAT-TATA promoter elements and upstream of the BGH poly-A sequence.
Alternative Construction of SEAP reporter plasmid. pDSElOl
The SEAP repotrer plasmid, pDSElOl is also constructed by ligating a restriction fragment containing the SEAP coding sequence into the plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI. The SEAP gene is derived from plasmid pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP.
The plasmid pDSElOl was constructed as follows: A restriction fragment containing part of the SEAP gene coding sequence was cut out of the plasmid pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP using the restriction enzymes Apa I and Kpnl. The ends of the linear DNA fragments were chewed back with the Klenow fragment of E. coli DNA Polymerase I. The "blunt ended" DNA containing the truncated SEAP gene was isolated by electrophoresing the digest in an agarose gel and cutting out the 1910 base pair fragment. This 1910 base pair fragment was ligated into the plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI which had been cut with Bgl-II and filled in with E. coli Klenow fragment DNA polymerase. Recombinant plasmids were screened for insert orientation and sequenced through the ligated junctions. The plasmid pCMV-RE-AKI is derived from plasmid pCMVIE-AKI-DHFR (Whang , Y., Silberklang, M., Morgan, A.,
Munshi, S., Lenny, A.B., Ellis, R.W., and Kieff, E. (1987) J. Virol, 61, 1796-1807) by removing an EcoRI fragment containing the DHFR and Neomycin markers. Five copies of the fos promoter serum response element were inserted as described previously (Jones, R.E., Defeo- Jones, D., McAvoy, E.M., Vuocolo, G.A., Wegrzyn, R.J., Haskell, K.M. and Oliff, A. (1991) Oncogene, 6, 745-751) to create plasmid pCMV- RE-AKI.
The plasmid pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP was constructed as follows. The SEAP gene was PCRed, in two segments from a human placenta cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligos.
Sense strand N-terminal SEAP : 5' GAGAGGGAATTCGGGCCCTTCCTGCAT GCTGCTGCTGCTGCTGCTGCTGGGC 3' (SEQ.ID.NO. :4)
Antisense strand N-terminal SEAP: 5' GAGAGAGCTCGAGGTTAACCCGGGT GCGCGGCGTCGGTGGT 3' (SEQ.ID.NO.:5) Sense strand C-terminal SEAP: 5' GAGAGAGTCTAGAGTTAACCCGTGGTCC CCGCGTTGCTTCCT 3' (SEQ.ID.NO. :6)
Antisense strand C-terminal SEAP: 5' GAAGAGGAAGCTTGGTACCGCCACTG GGCTGTAGGTGGTGGCT 3' (SEQ.ID.NO. :7)
The N-terminal oligos (SEQ.ID.NO.: 4 and SEQ.ID.NO.: 5) were used to generate a 1560 bp N-terminal PCR product that contained EcoRI and Hpal restriction sites at the ends. The Antisense N-terminal oligo (SEQ.ID.NO.: 5) introduces an internal translation STOP codon within the SEAP gene along with the Hpal site. The C-terminal oligos (SEQ.ID.NO.: 6 and SEQ.ID.NO.: 7) were used to amplify a 412 bp C- terminal PCR product containing Hpal and Hindlll restriction sites. The sense strand C-terminal oligo (SEQ.ID.NO.: 6) introduces the internal STOP codon as well as the Hpal site. Next, the N-terminal amplicon was digested with EcoRI and Hpal while the C-terminal amplicon was digested with Hpal and Hindlll. The two fragments comprising each end of the SEAP gene were isolated by electro- phoresing the digest in an agarose gel and isolating the 1560 and 412 base pair fragments. These two fragments were then co-ligated into the vector pGEM7zf(-) (Promega) which had been restriction digested with EcoRI and Hindlll and isolated on an agarose gel. The resulting clone, pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP contains the coding sequence for the SEAP gene from amino acids.
Construction of a constitutively expressing SEAP plasmid pCMV-SEAP-A An expression plasmid constitutively expressing the SEAP protein was created by placing the sequence encoding a truncated SEAP gene downstream of the cytomegalovirus (CMV) IE-1 promoter. The expression plasmid also includes the CMV intron A region 5' to the SEAP gene as well as the 3' untranslated region of the bovine growth hormone gene 3' to the SEAP gene.
The plasmid pCMVIE-AKI-DHFR (Whang , Y., Silberklang, M., Morgan, A., Munshi, S., Lenny, A.B., Ellis, R.W., and Kieff, E. (1987) J. Virol., 61:1796-1807) containing the CMV immediate early promoter was cut with EcoRI generating two fragments. The vector fragment was isolated by agarose electrophoresis and religated. The resulting plasmid is named pCMV-AKI. Next, the cytomegalovirus intron A nucleotide sequence was inserted downstream of the CMV IE1 promter in pCMV-AKI. The intron A sequence was isolated from a genomic clone bank and subcloned into pBR322 to generate plasmid pl6T-286. The intron A sequence was mutated at nucleotide 1856 (nucleotide numbering as in Chapman, B.S., Thayer, R.M., Vincent, K.A. and Haigwood, N.L., Nuc.Acids Res. 19, 3979- 3986) to remove a Sad restriction site using site directed mutagenesis. The mutated intron A sequence was PCRed from the plasmid pl6T-287 using the following oligos.
Sense strand: 5' GGCAGAGCTCGTTTAGTGAACCGTCAG 3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 8)
Antisense strand: 5' GAGAGATCTCAAGGACGGTGACTGCAG 3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 9)
These two oligos generate a 991 base pair fragment with a
Sad site incoφorated by the sense oligo and a Bgl-II fragment incoφorated by the antisense oligo. The PCR fragment is uimmed with Sad and Bgl-II and isolated on an agarose gel. The vector pCMV-AKI is cut with Sad and Bgl-II and the larger vector fragment isolated by agarose gel electrophoresis. The two gel isolated fragments are ligated at their respective Sad and Bgl-II sites to create plasmid pCMV-AKI- InA.
The DNA sequence encoding the truncated SEAP gene is inserted into the pCMV-AKI-InA plasmid at the Bgl-II site of the vector. The SEAP gene is cut out of plasmid pGEM7zf(-)/SEAP (described above) using EcoRI and Hindlll. The fragment is filled in with Klenow DNA polymerase and the 1970 base pair fragment isolated from the vector fragment by agarose gel electrophoresis. The pCMV- AKI-InA vector is prepared by digesting with Bgl-II and filling in the ends with Klenow DNA polymerase. The final construct is generated by blunt end ligating the SEAP fragment into the pCMV- AKI-InA vector. Transformants were screened for the proper insert and then mapped for restriction fragment orientation. Properly oriented recombinant constructs were sequenced across the cloning junctions to verify the coπect sequence. The resulting plasmid, named pCMV-SEAP-A (deposited in the ATCC under Budapest Treaty on August 27, 1998, and designated ATCC), contains a modified SEAP sequence downstream of the cytomegalovirus immediately early promoter IE-1 and intron A sequence and upstream of the bovine growth hormone poly-A sequence. The plasmid expresses SEAP in a constitutive manner when transfected into mammalian cells.
Alternative construction of a constitutively expressing SEAP plasmid pCMV-SEAP-B
An expression plasmid constitutively expressing the SEAP protein can be created by placing the sequence encoding a truncated SEAP gene downstream of the cytomegalovirus (CMV) IE-1 promoter and upstream of the 3' unstranslated region of the bovine growth hormone gene.
The plasmid pCMVIE-AKI-DHFR (Whang , Y., Silberklang, M., Morgan, A., Munshi, S., Lenny, A.B., Ellis, R.W., and Kieff, E. (1987) J. Virol., 61:1796-1807) containing the CMV immediate early promoter and bovine growth hormone poly-A sequence can be cut with EcoRI generating two fragments. The vector fragment can be isolated by agarose electrophoresis and religated. The resulting plasmid is named pCMV-AKI. The DNA sequence encoding the truncated SEAP gene can be inserted into the pCMV-AKI plasmid at a unique Bgl-II in the vector. The SEAP gene is cut out of plasmid pGEMzf(-)/SEAP (described above) using EcoRI and Hindlll. The fragments are filled in with Klenow DNA polymerase and the 1970 base pair fragment is isolated from the vector fragment by agarose gel electrophoresis. The pCMV-AKI vector is prepared by digesting with Bgl-II and filling in the ends with Klenow DNA polymerase. The final construct is generated by blunt end ligating the SEAP fragment into the vector and transforming the ligation reaction into E. coli DH5α cells. Transformants can then be screened for the proper insert and mapped for restriction fragment orientation. Properly oriented recombinant constructs would be sequenced across the cloning junctions to verify the coπect sequence. The resulting plasmid, named pCMV-SEAP-B contains a modified SEAP sequence downstream of the cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter, IE1, and upstream of a bovine growth hormone poly-A sequence. The plasmid would express SEAP in a constitutive nammer when transfected into mammalian cells.
Cloning of a Myristylated viral-H-ras expression plasmid pSMS600 A DNA fragment containing viral-H-ras can be PCRed from plasmid "HB-11 (deposited in the ATCC under Budapest Treaty on August 27, 1997, and designated ATCC 209,218) using the following oligos.
Sense strand:
5'TCTCCTCGAGGCCACCATGGGGAGTAGCAAGAGCAAGCCTAA GGACCCCAGCCAGCGCCGGATGACAGAATACAAGCTTGTGGTG G 3'. (SEQ.ID.NO.: 10)
Antisense:
5'CACATCTAGATCAGGACAGCACAGACTTGCAGC 3' . (SEQ.ID.NO.: 11)
A sequence encoding the first 15 aminoacids of the v-src gene, containing a myristylation site, is incoφorated into the sense strand oligo. The sense strand oligo also optimizes the 'Kozak' translation initiation sequence immediately 5' to the ATG start site. To prevent prenylation at the viral-røs C-terminus, cysteine 186 would be mutated to a serine by substituting a G residue for a C residue in the C- terminal antisense oligo. The PCR primer oligos introduce an Xhol site at the 5' end and a Xbal site at the 3 'end. The Xhol-Xbal fragment can be ligated into the mammalian expression plasmid pCI (Promega) cut with Xhol and Xbal. This results in a plasmid, pSMS600, in which the recombinant myr-viral-H-ras gene is constitutively transcribed from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector.
Cloning of a viral-H-ms-CVLL expression plasmid pSMS601
A viral-H-røs clone with a C-terminal sequence encoding the amino acids CVLL can be cloned from the plasmid "HB-l l" by PCR using the following oligos.
Sense strand:
5'TCTCCTCGAGGCCACCATGACAGAATACAAGCTTGTGGTGG- 3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 12)
Antisense strand:
5'CACTCTAGACTGGTGTCAGAGCAGCACACACTTGCAGC-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 13)
The sense strand oligo optimizes the 'Kozak' sequence and adds an Xhol site. The antisense strand mutates serine 189 to leucine and adds an Xbal site. The PCR fragment can be trimmed with Xhol and Xbal and ligated into the Xhol-Xbal cut vector pCI (Promega). This results in a plasmid, pSMS601, in which the mutated viral-H-ras- CVLL gene is constitutively transcribed from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector. Cloning of cellular-H-rαs-Leu61 expression plasmid pSMS620
The human cellular-H-røs gene can be PCRed from a human cerebral cortex cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligonucleotide primers.
Sense strand:
5'-GAGAGAATTCGCCACCATGACGGAATATAAGCTGGTGG-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 14)
Antisense strand:
5'-GAGAGTCGACGCGTCAGGAGAGCACACACTTGC-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 15)
The primers will amplify a c-H-Ras encoding DNA fragment with the primers contributing an optimized 'Kozak' translation start sequence, an EcoRI site at the N-terminus and a Sal I site at the C- terminal end. After trimming the ends of the PCR product with EcoRI and Sal I, the c-H-ras fragment can be ligated ligated into an EcoRI -Sal I cut mutagenesis vector p Alter- 1 (Promega). Mutation of glutamine-61 to a leucine can be accomplished using the manufacturer's protocols and the following oligonucleotide:
5'-CCGCCGGCCTGGAGGAGTACAG-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 16)
After selection and sequencing for the coπect nucleotide substitution, the mutated c-H-ra^-Leu61 can be excised from the pAlter- 1 vector, using EcoRI and Sal I, and be directly ligated into the vector pCI (Promega) which has been digested with EcoRI and Sal I. The new recombinant plasmid, pSMS620, will constitutively transcribe c-H-ras- Leu61 from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector. Cloning of a c-N-rαy-Val-12 expression plasmid pSMS630
The human c-N-ras gene can be PCRed from a human cerebral cortex cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligonucleotide primers.
Sense strand:
5'-GAGAGAATTCGCCACCATGACTGAGTACAAACTGGTGG-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 17)
Antisense strand:
5'-GAGAGTCGACTTGTTACATCACCACACATGGC-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 18)
The primers will amplify a c-N-Ras encoding DNA fragment with the primers contributing an optimized 'Kozak' translation start sequence, an EcoRI site at the N-terminus and a Sal I site at the C- terminal end. After trimming the ends of the PCR product with EcoRI and Sal I, the c-N-ras fragment can be ligated into an EcoRI -Sal I cut mutagenesis vector p Alter- 1 (Promega). Mutation of glycine- 12 to a valine can be accomplished using the manufacturer's protocols and the following oligonucleotide:
5'-GTTGGAGCAGTTGGTGTTGGG-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 19)
After selection and sequencing for the coπect nucleotide substitution, the mutated c-N-ras-Val-12 can be excised from the pAlter- 1 vector, using EcoRI and Sal I, and be directly ligated into the vector pCI (Promega) which has been digested with EcoRI and Sal I. The new recombinant plasmid, pSMS630, will constitutively transcribe c-N-ras- Val-12 from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector. Cloning of a c-K4B-ms-Val-12 expression plasmid pSMS640
The human c-K4B-røs gene can be PCRed from a human cerebral cortex cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligonucleotide primers.
Sense strand:
5'-GAGAGGTACCGCCACCATGACTGAATATAAACTTGTGG-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 20)
Antisense strand:
5'-CTCTGTCGACGTATTTACATAATTACACACTTTGTC-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 21)
The primers will amplify a c-K4B-Ras encoding DNA fragment with the primers contributing an optimized 'Kozak' translation start sequence, a Kpnl site at the N-terminus and a Sal I site at the C- terminal end. After trimming the ends of the PCR product with Kpn I and Sal I, the c-K4B-ras fragment can be ligated into a Kpnl -Sal I cut mutagenesis vector p Alter- 1 (Promega). Mutation of cysteine- 12 to a valine can be accomplished using the manufacturer's protocols and the following oligonucleotide:
5'-GTAGTTGGAGCTGTTGGCGTAGGC-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 22)
After selection and sequencing for the coπect nucleotide substitution, the mutated c-K4B-ras-Val-12 can be excised from the pAlter-1 vector, using Kpnl and Sal I, and be directly ligated into the vector pCI (Promega) which has been digested with Kpnl and Sal I. The new recombinant plasmid will constitutively transcribe c-K4B-r<zs- Val-12 from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector. Cloning of c-K-ras4A-Val-12 expression plasmid pSMS650
The human c-K4A-ras gene can be PCRed from a human cerebral cortex cDNA library (Clontech) using the following oligonucleotide primers.
Sense strand:
5'-GAGAGGTACCGCCACCATGACTGAATATAAACTTGTGG-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 23)
Antisense strand: 5'-
CTCTGTCGACAGATTACATTATAATGCATTTTTTAATTTTCACA C-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 24)
The primers will amplify a c-K4A-Ras encoding DNA fragment with the primers contributing an optimized 'Kozak' translation start sequence, a Kpnl site at the N-terminus and a Sal I stite at the C- terminal end. After trimming the ends of the PCR product with Kpn I and Sal I, the c-K-ras4A fragment can be ligated into a Kpnl -Sal I cut mutagenesis vector pAlter-1 (Promega). Mutation of cysteine- 12 to a valine can be accomplished using the manufacturer's protocols and the following oligonucleotide:
5'-GTAGTTGGAGCTGTTGGCGTAGGC-3' (SEQ.ID.NO.: 25)
After selection and sequencing for the coπect nucleotide substitution, the mutated c-K4A-rø.s-Val-12 can be excised from the pAlter-1 vector, using Kpnl and Sal I, and be directly ligated into the vector pCI (Promega) which has been digested with Kpnl and Sal I. The new recombinant plasmid, pSMS650, will constitutively transcribe c-K4A-røs-Val-12 from the CMV promoter of the pCI vector. SEAP assay
Human C33A cells (human epitheial carcenoma - ATTC collection) are seeded in 10cm tissue culture plates in DMEM + 10% fetal calf serum + IX Pen Strep + IX glutamine + IX NEAA. Cells are grown at 37°C in a 5% Cθ2 atmosphere until they reach 50 -80% of confluency.
The transient transfection is performed by the CaP04 method (Sambrook et al., 1989). Thus, expression plasmids for H-ras, N-ras, K-ras, Myi-ras or H-røs-CVLL are co-precipitated with the DSE-SEAP reporter construct. (A ras expression plasmid is not included when the cell is transfected with the pCMV-SEAP plasmid.) For 10 cm plates 600 μl of CaCl2 -DNA solution is added dropwise while vortexing to 600 μl of 2X HBS buffer to give 1.2 ml of precipitate solution (see recipes below). This is allowed to sit at room temperature for 20 to 30 minutes. While the precipitate is forming, the media on the C33A cells is replaced with DMEM (minus phenol red; Gibco cat. No. 31053-028)+ 0.5% charcoal stripped calf serum + IX (Pen/Strep, Glutamine and nonessential aminoacids). The CaP04-DNA precipitate is added dropwise to the cells and the plate rocked gently to distribute. DNA uptake is allowed to proceed for 5-6 hrs at 37°C under a 5% C02 atmosphere.
Following the DNA incubation period, the cells are washed with PBS and trypsinized with 1ml of 0.05% trypsin. The 1 ml of trypsinized cells is diluted into 10ml of phenol red free DMEM + 0.2% charcoal stripped calf serum + IX (Pen/Strep, Glutamine and NEAA ). Transfected cells are plated in a 96 well microtiter plate (100 μl/well) to which drug, diluted in media, has already been added in a volume of 100 μl. The final volume per well is 200 μl with each drug concentration repeated in triplicate over a range of half-log steps. Incubation of cells and drugs is for 36 hrs at 37°C under
C02- At the end of the incubation period, cells are examined microscopically for evidence of cell distress. Next, 100 μl of media containing the secreted alkaline phosphatase is removed from each well and transf eπed to a microtube aπay for heat treatment at 65 °C for 1 hr to inactivate endogenous alkaline phosphatases (but not the heat stable secreted phosphatase).
The heat treated media is assayed for alkaline phosphatase by a luminescence assay using the luminescence reagent CSPD® (Tropix, Bedford, Mass.). A volume of 50 μl media is combined with 200 μl of CSPD cocktail and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. Luminesence is monitored using an ML2200 microplate luminometer (Dynatech). Luminescence reflects the level of activation of the fos reporter construct stimulated by the transiently expressed protein.
DNA-CaPOd precipitate for 10cm. plate of cells
Ras expression plasmid (1 μg/μl) 10 μl
DSE-SEAP Plasmid (1 μg/μl) 2 μl Sheared Calf Thymus DNA (1 μg/μl) 8 μl
2M CaCl2 74 μl dH2θ 506 μl
2X HBS Buffer 280 mM NaCl 10 mM KC1 1.5 mM Na2HPθ4 2H2θ
12 mM dextrose 50 mM HEPES Final pH = 7.05
Luminesence Buffer (26ml)
Assay Buffer 20 ml
Emerald Reagent™ (Tropix) 2.5 ml lOOmM homoarginine 2.5 ml
CSPD Reagent® (Tropix) 1.0 ml Assay Buffer
Add 0.05M Na2Cθ3 to 0.05M NaHCθ3 to obtain pH 9.5.
Make lmM in MgCl2
EXAMPLE 26
The processing assays employed are modifications of that described by DeClue et al [Cancer Research 51, 712-717, 1991].
K4B-Ras processing inhibition assay
PSN-1 (human pancreatic carcinoma) or viral-K4B-ras- transformed Ratl cells are used for analysis of protein processing. Subconfluent cells in 100 mm dishes are fed with 3.5 ml of media (methionine-free RPMI supplemented with 2% fetal bovine serum or cysteine-free/methionine-free DMEM supplemented with 0.035 ml of 200 mM glutamine (Gibco), 2% fetal bovine serum, respectively) containing the desired concentration of test compound, lovastatin or solvent alone. Cells treated with lovastatin (5-10 μM), a compound that blocks Ras processing in cells by inhibiting a rate-limiting step in the isoprenoid biosynthetic pathway, serve as a positive control. Test compounds are prepared as lOOOx concentrated solutions in DMSO to yield a final solvent concentration of 0.1%. Following incubation at 37°C for two hours 204 μCi/ml [35s]Pro-Mix (Amersham, cell labeling grade) is added. After introducing the label amino acid mixture, the cells are incubated at 37°°C for an additional period of time (typically 6 to 24 hours). The media is then removed and the cells are washed once with cold PBS. The cells are scraped into 1 ml of cold PBS, collected by centrifugation (10,000 x g for 10 sec at room temperature), and lysed by vortexing in 1 ml of lysis buffer (1% Nonidet P-40, 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS, 1 mM DTT, 10 μg/ml AEBSF, 10 μg/ml aprotinin, 2 μg/ml leupeptin and 2 μg/ml antipain). The lysate is then centrifuged at 15,000 x g for 10 min at 4°C and the supernatant saved. For immunoprecipitation of Ki4B-Ras, samples of lysate supernatant containing equal amounts of protein are utilized. Protein concentration is determined by the bradford method utilizing bovine serum albumin as a standard. The appropriate volume of lysate is brought to 1 ml with lysis buffer lacking DTT and 8 μg of the pan Ras monoclonal antibody, Y 13-259, added. The protein/antibody mixture is incubated on ice at 4°C for 24 hours. The immune complex is collected on pansorbin (Calbiochem) coated with rabbit antiserum to rat IgG (Cappel) by tumbling at 4°C for 45 minutes. The pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of lysis buffer lacking DTT and protease inhibitors and resuspended in 100 μl elution buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 1% SDS). The Ras is eluted from the beads by heating at 95 °C for 5 minutes, after which the beads are pelleted by brief centrifugation (15,000 x g for 30 sec. at room temperature). The supernatant is added to 1 ml of Dilution Buffer 0.1%
Triton X-100, 5 mM EDTA, 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris pH 7.4) with 2 μg Kirsten-ras specific monoclonal antibody, c-K-ras Ab-1 (Calbiochem). The second protein/antibody mixture is incubated on ice at 4°C for 1-2 hours. The immune complex is collected on pansorbin (Calbiochem) coated with rabbit antiserum to rat IgG (Cappel) by tumbling at 4°C for 45 minutes. The pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of lysis buffer lacking DTT and protease inhibitors and resuspended in Laemmli sample buffer. The Ras is eluted from the beads by heating at 95 °C for 5 minutes, after which the beads are pelleted by brief centrifugation. The supernatant is subjected to SDS-PAGE on a 12% acrylamide gel (bis-acrylamide:acrylamide, 1:100), and the Ras visualized by fluorography.
hDJ processing inhibition assay PSN-1 cells are seeded in 24- well assay plates. For each compound to be tested, the cells are treated with a minimum of seven concentrations in half-log steps. The final solvent (DMSO) concentration is 0.1%. A vehicle-only control is included on each assay plate. The cells are treated for 24 hours at 37°C / 5% C02- The growth media is then aspirated and the samples are washed with PBS. The cells are lysed with SDS-PAGE sample buffer containing 5% 2-mercaptoethanol and heated to 95°C for 5 minutes. After cooling on ice for 10 minutes, a mixture of nucleases is added to reduce viscosity of the samples.
The plates are incubated on ice for another 10 minutes. The samples are loaded onto pre-cast 8% acrylamide gels and electrophoresed at 15 mA/gel for 3-4 hours. The samples are then transfeπed from the gels to PVDF membranes by Western blotting. The membranes are blocked for at least 1 hour in buffer containing 2% nonfat dry milk. The membranes are then treated with a monoclonal antibody to hDJ-2 (Neomarkers Cat. # MS-225), washed, and treated with an alkaline phosphatase-conjugated secondary antibody. The membranes are then treated with a fluorescent detection reagent and scanned on a phosphorimager.
For each sample, the percent of total signal coπesponding to the unprenylated species of hDJ (the slower-migrating species) is calculated by densitometry. Dose-response curves and EC50 values are generated using 4-parameter curve fits in SigmaPlot software.
EXAMPLE 27
Rapl processing inhibition assay Protocol A: Cells are labeled, incubated and lysed as described in
Example 26.
For immunoprecipitation of Rapl, samples of lysate supernatant containing equal amounts of protein are utilized. Protein concentration is determined by the bradford method utilizing bovine serum albumin as a standard. The appropriate volume of lysate is brought to 1 ml with lysis buffer lacking DTT and 2 μg of the Rapl antibody, Rapl/Krevl (121) (Santa Cruz Biotech), is added. The protein/antibody mixture is incubated on ice at 4°C for 1 hour. The immune complex is collected on pansorbin (Calbiochem) by tumbling at 4°C for 45 minutes. The pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of lysis buffer lacking DTT and protease inhibitors and resuspended in 100 μl elution buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 1% SDS). The Rapl is eluted from the beads by heating at 95 °C for 5 minutes, after which the beads are pelleted by brief centrifugation (15,000 x g for 30 sec. at room temperature).
The supernatant is added to 1 ml of Dilution Buffer (0.1% Triton X-100, 5 mM EDTA, 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris pH 7.4) with 2 μg Rapl antibody, Rapl/Krevl (121) (Santa Cruz Biotech). The second protein/antibody mixture is incubated on ice at 4°C for 1-2 hours. The immune complex is collected on pansorbin (Calbiochem) by tumbling at 4°C for 45 minutes. The pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of lysis buffer lacking DTT and protease inhibitors and resuspended in Laemmli sample buffer. The Rapl is eluted from the beads by heating at 95 °C for 5 minutes, after which the beads are pelleted by brief centrifugation. The supernatant is subjected to SDS-PAGE on a 12% acrylamide gel (bis-acrylamide:acrylamide, 1: 100), and the Rapl visualized by fluorography.
Protocol B:
PSN-1 cells are passaged every 3-4 days in 10cm plates, splitting near-confluent plates 1:20 and 1:40. The day before the assay is set up, 5x 106 cells are plated on 15 cm plates to ensure the same stage of confluency in each assay. The media for these cells is RPMI 1640 (Gibco), with 15% fetal bovine serum and lx Pen/Strep antibiotic mix.
The day of the assay, cells are collected from the 15 cm plates by trypsinization and diluted to 400,000 cells/ml in media. 0.5 ml of these diluted cells are added to each well of 24-well plates, for a final cell number of 200,000 per well. The cells are then grown at 37°C overnight.
The compounds to be assayed are diluted in DMSO in 1/2- log dilutions. The range of final concentrations to be assayed is generally 0.1-100 μM. Four concentrations per compound is typical. The compounds are diluted so that each concentration is lOOOx of the final concentration (i.e., for a 10 μM data point, a 10 mM stock of the compound is needed).
2 μL of each lOOOx compound stock is diluted into 1 ml media to produce a 2X stock of compound. A vehicle control solution (2 μL DMSO to 1 ml media), is utilized. 0.5 ml of the 2X stocks of compound are added to the cells.
After 24 hours, the media is aspirated from the assay plates. Each well is rinsed with 1ml PBS, and the PBS is aspirated. 180 μL SDS-PAGE sample buffer (Novex) containing 5% 2-mercapto-ethanol is added to each well. The plates are heated to 100°C for 5 minutes using a heat block containing an adapter for assay plates. The plates are placed on ice. After 10 minutes, 20 μL of an RNAse/DNase mix is added per well. This mix is 1 mg/ml DNasel (Worthington Enzymes), 0.25 mg/ml Rnase A (Worthington Enzymes), 0.5 M Tris-HCl ρH8.0 and 50 mM MgCl2. The plate is left on ice for 10 minutes. Samples are then either loaded on the gel, or stored at -70°C until use.
Each assay plate (usually 3 compounds, each in 4-point titrations, plus controls) requires one 15-well 14% Novex gel. 25 μl of each sample is loaded onto the gel. The gel is run at 15 mA for about 3.5 hours. It is important to run the gel far enough so that there will be adequate separation between 21kd (Rapl) and 29kd (Rab6).
The gels are then transfeπed to Novex pre-cut PVDF membranes for 1.5 hours at 30V (constant voltage). Immediately after transfeπing, the membranes are blocked overnight in 20 ml Western blocking buffer (2% nonfat dry milk in Western wash buffer (PBS + 0.1% Tween-20). If blocked over the weekend, 0.02% sodium azide is added. The membranes are blocked at 4°C with slow rocking.
The blocking solution is discarded and 20ml fresh blocking solution containing the anti Rapla antibody (Santa Cruz Biochemical SC1482) at 1:1000 (diluted in Western blocking buffer) and the anti Rab6 antibody (Santa Cruz Biochemical SC310) at 1:5000 (diluted in Western blocking buffer) are added. The membranes are incubated at room temperature for 1 hour with mild rocking. The blocking solution is then discarded and the membrane is washed 3 times with Western wash buffer for 15 minutes per wash. 20 ml blocking solution containing 1:1000 (diluted in Western blocking buffer) each of two alkaline phosphatase conjugated antibodies (Alkaline phosphatase conjugated Anti-goat IgG and Alkaline phosphatase conjugated anti- rabbit IgG [Santa Cruz Biochemical]) is then added. The membrane is incubated for one hour and washed 3x as above.
About 2 ml per gel of the Amersham ECF detection reagent is placed on an overhead transparency (ECF) and the PVDF membranes are placed face-down onto the detection reagent. This is incubated for one minute, then the membrane is placed onto a fresh transparency sheet.
The developed transparency sheet is scanned on a phosphorimager and the Rapla Minimum Inhibitory Concentration is determined from the lowest concentration of compound that produces a detectable Rapla Western signal. The Rapla antibody used recognizes only unprenylated/unprocessed Rapla, so that the precence of a detectable Rapla Western signal is indicative of inhibition of Rapla prenylation.
Protocol C:
This protocol allows the determination of an EC50 for inhibition of processing of Rapla. The assay is run as described in Protocol B with the following modifications. 20 μl of sample is run on pre-cast 10-20% gradient acrylamide mini gels (Novex Inc.) at 15 mA/gel for 2.5-3 hours. Prenylated and unprenylated forms of Rapla are detected by blotting with a polyclonal antibody (Rapl/Krev-1 Ab#121;Santa Cruz Research Products #sc-65), followed by an alkaline phosphatase-conjugated anti-rabbit IgG antibody. The percentage of unprenylated Rapla relative to the total amount of Rapla is determined by peak integration using Imagequant® software (Molecular Dynamics). Unprenylated Rapla is distinguished from prenylated protein by virtue of the greater apparent molecular weight of the prenylated protein. Dose-response curves and EC50 values are generated using 4-parameter curve fits in SigmaPlot software.
EXAMPLE 28
In vivo tumor growth inhibition assay (nude mouse)
In vivo efficacy as an inhibitor of the growth of cancer cells may be confirmed by several protocols well known in the art. Examples of such in vivo efficacy studies are described by N. E. Kohl et al. (Nature Medicine, 1:792-797 (1995)) and N. E. Kohl et al. (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 91:9141-9145 (1994)).
Rodent fibroblasts transformed with oncogenically mutated human Ha-ras or Ki-ras (10 cells/animal in 1 ml of DMEM salts) are injected subcutaneously into the left flank of 8-12 week old female nude mice (Harlan) on day 0. The mice in each oncogene group are randomly assigned to a vehicle, compound or combination treatment group. Animals are dosed subcutaneously starting on day 1 and daily for the duration of the experiment. Alternatively, the farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitor may be administered by a continuous infusion pump. Compound, compound combination or vehicle is delivered in a total volume of 0.1 ml. Tumors are excised and weighed when all of the vehicle-treated animals exhibited lesions of 0.5 - 1.0 cm in diameter, typically 11-15 days after the cells were injected. The average weight of the tumors in each treatment group for each cell line is calculated.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
A compound of the formula A:
Figure imgf000160_0001
wherein:
Rla, Rlb? RIC an(χ Rle are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Rl^O-, Rl lS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(0)-, CN, N02,
(Rl )2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, RIOOC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, c) unsubstituted or substituted Cl-C6 alkyl wherein the substitutent on the substituted C1-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl, heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Rl O-, RUS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(0)-, CN, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOC(O)-, RlO╬╕C(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, and RH╬╕C(O)-NRl0-; or two Rlas, two Rl┬░s, two Rl┬░s or two Rles, on the same carbon atom may be combined to form -(CH2)v
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen,
Figure imgf000161_0001
f) ΓÇö S02R11 g) N(RlO)2, or h) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
R6 and R^ are independently selected from: 1) hydrogen,
2) RlOC(O)-, or RlO╬╕C(O)-, and
3) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from: a) RlOO-, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) Rl┬░C(O)NRl0-, e) Y O R,┬░ ,
f) ΓÇö S02R11
g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring,
J) C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl,
Figure imgf000161_0002
1) Rl ╬╕C(O)-, m) Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, n) CN, and o) N02; or
R6 and R^ may be joined in a ring;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl,
C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, R 2╬╕-, Rl lS(0)m-, Rl┬░C(O)NRl -, (R10)2NC(O)-, R102N- C(NRl )-, CN, N02, Rl┬░C(0)-, RlOOC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RlOO-, RHS(0)m-, Rl0C(O)NH-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl 2N-C(NRlO)-, CN,
RlOC(O)-, RIOOC(O)-, N3, -N(Rl )2, or R!0OC(O)NH-;
R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br,
RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R1┬░C(0)NR10-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl╬╕2N-C(NRlO)-, CN, N02, Rl┬░C(0)-, RlOoC(O)-, N3, -N(Rl )2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, Rl O-, Rl lS(0)m-, R1┬░C(0)NR10-,
(RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl╬╕2N-C(NRl )-, CN, RlOc(O)-, RlO╬╕C(O)-, N3, -N(Rl )2, or RHOC(O)NR10-; RIO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Rl2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C3 perfluoroalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl -, -NR1 C(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(Rl )S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
A2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, S(0)m and -C(Rld)2-;
W is heteroaryl;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl, and b) aryl;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl c(O)-O-, -O-C(O)NRl0-, -NR1 C(0)NR10-, -C(O)NRl c(O)-, O, -N(Rl )-, -S(0)2N(Rl )-, -N(RlO)S(0)2- and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or more of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4 g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)m 4,
Figure imgf000164_0001
11) -C(0)NR6R7,
12) -C(0)OR6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
Z^ is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN, 7) N╬╕2,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
Figure imgf000165_0001
11) -C(0)NR6R7, 12) -C(0)OR6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 1 or 2; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; t is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and v is 2 to 6;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
2. The compound according to Claim 1 of the formula
Figure imgf000166_0001
wherein:
Rla, Rib, RIC, Rid an(\ Rle are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2- C6 alkynyl, Rl O-, Rl lS(0)m-, R1┬░C(0)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(O)-, CN, N╬╕2, (Rl┬░)2N-C(NRlO)-, R10C(O)-,
RlO╬╕C(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, c) unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl wherein the substitutent on the substituted C1-C6 alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl, heterocyclic, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOO-,
Rl lS(0)m-, Rl┬░C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(0)-, CN, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, RlO╬╕C(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, and RHOC(O)-NR10-;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen,
Figure imgf000167_0001
f) ΓÇö S02R11 or g) N(RlO)2;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO,
R1 1
f) ΓÇö S02R11 or g) N(RlO)2; or
R6 and R7 may be joined in a ring;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl,
C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RlOO-, RπS(0)m-, Rl°C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl02N- C(NRlO)-, CN, N02, Rl°C(0)-, RlOOC(O)-, N3, -N(Rl ) , or Rl 1OC(O)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, Rl O-, RHS(0)m-, Rl0C(O)NH-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rlθ2N-C(NRlO)-, CN, RlOC(O)-, RIOOC(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or R10OC(O)NH-;
R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br,
RIOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl 2N-C(NRlO)-, CN, N╬╕2, Rl┬░C(0)-, RlOoC(O)-, N3,
-N(Rl )2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Br, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R1┬░C(0)NR10-, (RlO)2NC(0)-, Rl╬╕2N-C(NRl )-, CN, Rl c(O)-, RlO╬╕C(O)-, N3, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
RIO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
A2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(Rl )-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, S(0)m and -C(Rld) -;
W is heteroaryl;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl, and b) aryl;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, -NRl0C(O)-O-, -O-C(O)NRl0-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-, -N(Rl0)S(O)2- and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of: 1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(O) mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
72 is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or more of: 1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7, 6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or 11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 1 or 2; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
3. The compound according to Claim 2 of the formula
Figure imgf000171_0001
wherein:
Rla and Rid is independently selected from hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl;
Rib, Rlc and Rle are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl┬░0-, -N(R10)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) unsubstituted or substituted Cl-C6 alkyl wherein the substitutent on the substituted Cl-C alkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, Rl O- and -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl and heterocycle, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, Cl-Cό alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, CN, Nθ2, (Rl )2N-C(NRlO)-, R10C(O)-,
-N(RlO)2, or Rl lOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by: unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRl )-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-;
R9 is selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl lS(0)m-, R1┬░C(0)NR10-, CN, N02,
(RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or
Rll╬╕C(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Rl O-, RHS(0)m-, R10C(O)NRl0-, CN, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, R10C(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or
R11OC(O)NR10-;
RI is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
RU is independently selected from C1-C alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle; Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, O, -N(RlO)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
A2 is selected from a bond, -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(RlO)S(0)2-, S(0)m and -C(Rld)2-;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
W is a heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, or isoquinolinyl;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, )-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, - C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(Rl )-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is independently substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7, 6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
Z2 is selected from a bond, unsubstituted or substituted aryl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted independently with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N╬╕2,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 1 or 2; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
4. The compound according to Claim 1 of the formula B:
Figure imgf000175_0001
B wherein:
Rla, Rib and R!┬░ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl┬░0-, -N(R10)2 or C2-C6 aikenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(Rl )2;
Rle is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2; R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, heterocycle, aryl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl or heterocycle, c) halogen, d) HO,
Figure imgf000176_0001
f) ΓÇö S02R11 g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring; or
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cl-Cό perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, R12O-, R10C(O)NR10-, CN, N02, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by: unsubstituted or substituted aryl, Cl-Cό perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (R10)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or R11OC(O)NR10-; R a is hydrogen or methyl;
RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rl2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
A is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NR10C(O)-, -NRl0c(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is independently substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6, 5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF ,
9) -S(0)mR4,
Figure imgf000178_0001
11) -C(0)NR6R7,
12) -C(0)OR6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
5. A compound of the formula B:
Figure imgf000179_0001
B wherein:
Rla and Rle are independently selected from hydrogen or Cl-C6 alkyl;
R b and R ┬░ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl┬░0-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(R O)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOC(O)- or RlO╬╕C(O)- and c) C 1 -C6 alkyl substituted by C 1 -C6 perfluoroalkyl, R 1 ┬░0-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, RlO╬╕C(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cl-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, CN, N02, (R1┬░)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl substituted by: unsubstituted or substituted aryl, Cl-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(Rl )2, or R11OC(O)NR10-;
R9 is hydrogen or methyl;
RIO is independently selected from hydrogen, Cl-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
V is selected from: a) heteroaryl selected from imidazolyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and thienyl, and b) aryl;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, )-, -NRl0c(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0c(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m; Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is independently substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
Figure imgf000181_0001
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
6. The compound according to Claim 4 of the formula C-l:
Figure imgf000182_0001
C-1
wherein:
Rla, Rib and Rl┬░ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(Rl )2;
Rle is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOc(O)- or RlOθC(O)- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by Cl-Cό perfluoroalkyl, Rl°0-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (R10)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOc(O)-,
RlO╬╕C(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, R12O-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, CN, N02, (R1┬░)2N-C(NR10)-, R10C(O)-, -N(Rl )2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N-
C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
R is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
RU is independently selected from C1-C alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rl2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, and C1-C6 alkyl substituted with unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O; V is phenyl or pyridyl;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NR10C(O)NR10-, -C(0)NRlOC(0)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-, -N(Rl0)S(O)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2 , 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2 , 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
7. The compound according to Claim 5 of the formula
C:
Figure imgf000185_0001
wherein:
Rla and Rle are independently selected from hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl;
Rib and Rl┬░ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl┬░0-, -N(R1┬░)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(Rl )2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle; R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOC(O)- or RlO╬╕C(O)- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-,
Rl0C(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(NRl )-, RlOc(O)-, RIOOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, Rl0C(O)NRl0-, CN, N02, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R!0C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or R11OC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0c(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m; Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF ,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
8. The compound according to Claim 6 of the formula D:
Figure imgf000188_0001
wherein:
Rla, Rib and Rl┬░ are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(R1┬░)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, R OO-, or -N(RlO)2;
Rle is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(RlO)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle; R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, aryl, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl, c) halogen,
Figure imgf000189_0001
f) ΓÇö S02R11 g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring; or
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, Cl-Cό perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, R120-, Rl0c(O)NRl0-, CN, Nθ2, (R1°)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R!0C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N-
C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
R and Rl2 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
RU is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, - C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-, -N(Rl0)S(O)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle is substituted with one or two of: 1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
Figure imgf000190_0001
11) -C(0)NR6R7
12) -C(0)OR6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl; m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
9. The compound according to Claim 7 of the formula
D:
Figure imgf000191_0001
wherein:
Rla and Rle are independently selected from: hydrogen and Cl-C6 alkyl;
Rib and R ┬░ is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, Rl┬░0-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(Rl )2; R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOC(O)- or RlOθC(O)- and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by Cl-Cό perfluoroalkyl, Rl°0-, RlOC(0)NRlO-, (R10)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOc(O)-, RlOθC(O)-, -N(Rl )2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, RlOC(0)NRlO-, CN, N02, (R1┬░)2N-C(NR10)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or Rl 10C(0)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rl 1 is independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O; X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0C(O)NRl0-, - C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(0)2N(RlO)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Zl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R75 or
11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4;
P is 0, 1, 2, , 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
10. The compound according to Claim 6 of the formula
E:
Figure imgf000194_0001
(R8)r E wherein:
Rla, Rib and Rl┬░ are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) Cl-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(Rl )2;
Rle is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(RlO)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, RlOO-, or -N(R!0)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from H; Cl-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring, aryl, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, unsubstituti ed or substituted with one or two: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) aryl, c) halogen, d) HO, e)
0
f) ΓÇö S02R11
g) N(RlO)2, h) C3-6 cycloalkyl, i) C6-C10 multicyclic alkyl ring; or
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, Rl20-, R!0C(O)NR10-, CN, NO2, (R10)2N-C(NRlO)-,
RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NRl0-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R!0C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N- C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
R O and Rl2 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; Rl is independently selected from Cl-C6 alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
A is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is independently selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, -NRl0c(O)NRl0-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Z is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle ; is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NROR7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, g) -C(0)NR6R7, h) -Si(Cl-4 alkyl)3, or i) Cl-4 perfluoroalkyl;
2) substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7,
6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF3,
9) -S(0)mR4
Figure imgf000196_0001
11) -C(0)NR6R7, 12) -C(0)OR6, or
13) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
11. The compound according to Claim 7 of the formula
Figure imgf000197_0001
wherein:
Rla and Rle are independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C alkyl;
Rib and Rlς is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, RlOO-, -N(R1°)2 or C2-C6 alkenyl, and c) C1-C6 alkyl unsubstituted or substituted by aryl, heterocycle, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, RlOO-, or -N(R O)2;
R4 is selected from Cl-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) halogen, or c) aryl or heterocycle;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, RlOC(O)- or RlO╬╕C(O)- and c) C 1 -C6 alkyl substituted by C 1 -C6 perfluoroalkyl, R 1 ┬░0- , Rl0c(O)NRl0-, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-,
RIOOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R8 is independently selected from: a) hydrogen, b) unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, F, CI, RlOO-, R10C(O)NR10-, CN, N02, (RlO)2N-C(NRlO)-, RlOC(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-, and c) C1-C6 alkyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted aryl, C1-C6 perfluoroalkyl, RlOO-, R!0C(O)NR10-, (RlO)2N-
C(NRlO)-, RlOc(O)-, -N(RlO)2, or RHOC(O)NR10-;
R9a is hydrogen or methyl;
RlO is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, benzyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; RU is independently selected from C1-C alkyl and unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Al is selected from a bond, -C(O)- and O;
X is selected from -C(O)-, -C(O)NRl0-, -NRIOC(O)-, )-, -NRlOC(0)NRlO-, -C(O)NRl0C(O)-, O, -N(R10)-, -S(O)2N(Rl0)-,
-N(RlO)S(0)2-, and S(0)m;
Z is selected from unsubstituted or substituted aryl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, wherein the substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl is substituted with one or two of:
1) Cl-4 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with: a) Cl-4 alkoxy, b) NR6R7, c) C3-6 cycloalkyl, d) aryl or heterocycle, e) HO, f) -S(0)mR4, or g) -C(0)NR6R7,
2) aryl or heterocycle,
3) halogen,
4) OR6,
5) NR6R7, 6) CN,
7) N02,
8) CF ,
9) -S(0)mR4,
10) -C(0)NR6R7, or 11) C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; p is 2, 3 or 4; r is 0 to 5; s is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and t is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
12. A compound which is selected from:
18, 19-dihydro- 19-oxo-5H, 17H-6,10: 12, 16-dimetheno- lH-imidazo[4,3- c] [1 , 11 ,4]dioxaazacyclononadecine-9-carbonitrile (1),
17,18-dihydro-18-oxo-5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-12^,20 -imidazo[4,3- c][l,l l,4]dioxaazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (2),
(┬▒)-17,18,19,20-tetrahydro-19-phenyl-5H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-21H- imidazo[3,4-/z][l,8,l l]oxadiazacyclononadecine-9-carbonitrile (3),
21,22-dihydro-5/ -6,10:12,16-dimetheno-23H-benzo[g]imidazo[4,3- Z][l,8,l l]oxadiazacyclononadecine-9-carbonitrile (4),
22,23-dihydro-23-oxo-5H,21#-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-24#- benzo[g]irnidazo[4,3-m][l,8,12]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitriIe (5),
22,23-dihydro-5 ,21 -6,10:12,16-dimetheno-24iϊ-benzo[g]imidazo[4,3- ][l,8,ll]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (6),
22,23-dihydro-5flr,21H-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-23-methyl-24i - benzo[g]imidazo[4,3-m][ 1,8,1 l]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (7),
(±)-5-hydroxy-5-methyl-24-oxo-21,22,23,24-tetrahydro-5i7-6,10: 12,16- dimetheno-25 /-benzo[o]imidazo[4,3- ι][l,9,12]oxadiaza- cycloheneicosine-9-carbonitrile (8) , 17-Oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5 -6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25H, 26//- benzo[«]imidazo [3 ,4-h] [1,8,12,16] oxatriaza-cyclodocosine-9-carbonitrile (9)
3-Methyl- 17-oxo- 17, 18,23,24-tetrahydro-5//-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno- 25 /, 26//-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4- i][l,8,12,16]-oxatriazacyclodocosine -9- carbonitrile (10)
24-ter -Butoxycarbonyl-3-methyl- 17-oxo- 17, 18,23 ,24-tetrahydro-5Z-'- 6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25//, 26//-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-Λ][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (11)
24-te^Butoxycarbonyl-18-ethyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24- tetrahydro-5//-6, 10:12,16-dimetheno-25//, 26/ -benzo[«]imidazo[3 ,4- ι][l,8, 12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (12)
18-Ethyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5H-6,10:12,16- dimetheno-25//, 26//-benzo[«]imidazo[3,4-/ϊ] [1,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (13)
24-Acetyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5//-6,10: 12,16- dimetheno-25 /, 26 /-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-/╬╣] [ 1 ,8, 12, 16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (14)
3-methyl-24-methylsulfonylethyl- 17-oxo- 17,18,23 ,24-tetrahydro-5Z/- 6,10: 12,16-dimetheno-25/ , 26 -'-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (15)
3,24-Dimethyl- 17-oxo- 17, 18,23,24-tetrahydro-5//-6, 10: 12, 16- dimetheno-25 /, 26 /-benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-h][l,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (16) 17,18-Dihydro-15-iodo-3-methyl-17-oxo-5//-6,10:12,16-dimetheno- 19/ ,20/ -imidazo[3,4-/╬╣] [1 ,8, 12]oxadiazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (17)
17,18-Dihydro-3-methyl-17-oxo-15-phenyl-5^-6,10:12,16-dimetheno- 19/ ,20/ -imidazo[3,4-Λ][l,8,12]oxadiaza-cyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile
(18)
trans- 15-[2-(3-Chlorophenyl)ethenyl]- 17, 18-dihydro-3-methyl- 17-oxo- 5/ -6,10: 12,16-dimetheno-19//,20//-imidazo[3,4- h] [ 1 ,8, 12]oxadiazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (19)
18-Benzyl- 17,18-dihydro- 15-iodo-3-methyl- 17-oxo-5//-6, 10:12,16- dimetheno- 19//,20//-imidazo [3 ,4-h] [1,8, 12] oxadiaza-cyclooctadecine-9- carbonitrile (20)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
13. The compound according to Claim 12 which is:
22,23-dihydro-23-oxo-5//,21//-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-24 /- benzo[g]imidazo[4,3-m][l,8,12]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (5),
Figure imgf000202_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
14. The compound according to Claim 12 which is: 22,23-dihydro-5 /,21//-6,10: 12,16-dimetheno-24//-benzo[g]imidazo[4,3- m] [ 1 ,8, 11 ]oxadiazaeicosine-9-carbonitrile (6),
Figure imgf000203_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
15. The compound according to Claim 12 which is:
17-Oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5//-6,10:12,16-dimetheno-25//, 26//- benzo[n]imidazo[3,4-/╬╣] [ 1 ,8, 12, 16]oxatriaza-cyclodocosine-9-carbonitrile
(9)
Figure imgf000203_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
16. The compound according to Claim 12 which is: 18-Ethyl-3-methyl-17-oxo-17,18,23,24-tetrahydro-5 /-6,10:12,16- dimetheno-25 , 26Z/-benzo[n]imidazo[3 ,4-h] [1,8,12,16] oxatriazacyclodocosine -9-carbonitrile (13)
Figure imgf000204_0001
13
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
17. The compound according to Claim 12 which is:
17,18-Dihydro- 15-iodo-3-methyl- 17-oxo-5//-6, 10: 12, 16-dimetheno- 19//,20//-imidazo[3 ,4-h] [1,8,12]oxadiazacyclooctadecine-9-carbonitrile (17)
Figure imgf000204_0002
17
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
18. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutical carrier, and dispersed therein, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
19. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutical carrier, and dispersed therein, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 4.
20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutical carrier, and dispersed therein, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 8.
21. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutical carrier, and dispersed therein, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 12.
22. A method for inhibiting prenyl-protein transferase which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18.
23. A method for inhibiting prenyl-protein transferase which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 21.
24. A method for treating cancer which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18.
25. A method for treating cancer which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 21.
26. A method for treating neurofibromin benign proliferative disorder which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18.
27. A method for treating blindness related to retinal vascularization which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18.
28. A method for treating infections from hepatitis delta and related viruses which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18.
29. A method for preventing restenosis which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18.
30. A method for treating poly cystic kidney disease which comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18.
31. A method of conferring radiation sensitivity on a tumor cell using a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18 in combination with radiation therapy.
32. A method of using a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of Claim 18 in combination with an antineoplastic to treat cancer.
33. A method according to Claim 31 wherein the antineoplastic is paclitaxel.
34. A pharmaceutical composition made by combining the compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
35. A process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising combining a compound of Claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
PCT/US1999/014735 1998-07-02 1999-06-29 Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase WO2000001382A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000557828A JP2002519376A (en) 1998-07-02 1999-06-29 Prenyl protein transferase inhibitors
AU47267/99A AU760027B2 (en) 1998-07-02 1999-06-29 Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
CA002336054A CA2336054A1 (en) 1998-07-02 1999-06-29 Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
EP99930819A EP1091736A4 (en) 1998-07-02 1999-06-29 Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US9151398P 1998-07-02 1998-07-02
US60/091,513 1998-07-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2000001382A1 true WO2000001382A1 (en) 2000-01-13

Family

ID=22228181

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/014735 WO2000001382A1 (en) 1998-07-02 1999-06-29 Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US6358985B1 (en)
EP (1) EP1091736A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2002519376A (en)
AU (1) AU760027B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2336054A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2000001382A1 (en)

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001064198A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor podophyllotoxin derivatives
WO2001064195A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor nucleoside derivatives
WO2001064226A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with platinum compounds
WO2001064217A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Combinations of a farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor with nitrogen mustard or nitrosourea alkylating agents
WO2001064196A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with vinca alkaloids
WO2001064194A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with camptothecin compounds
WO2001064197A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor anthracycline derivatives
WO2001064218A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations
WO2001081316A2 (en) * 2000-04-27 2001-11-01 Abbott Laboratories Substituted phenyl farnesyltransferase inhibitors
US6316436B1 (en) 1998-12-08 2001-11-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2002002108A1 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6350755B1 (en) 2000-01-12 2002-02-26 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6413964B1 (en) 2000-01-12 2002-07-02 Desolms S. Jane Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6525074B2 (en) 2000-01-12 2003-02-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6534506B2 (en) 2000-04-10 2003-03-18 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6566385B2 (en) 2000-01-12 2003-05-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6610722B2 (en) 2000-04-10 2003-08-26 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6632818B2 (en) 2000-01-12 2003-10-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2023015559A1 (en) * 2021-08-13 2023-02-16 Nutshell Biotech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Macrocycle compounds as inhibitors of ras

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1332134A2 (en) * 2000-10-25 2003-08-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US7102026B2 (en) * 2001-06-13 2006-09-05 Teva Gyógyszergyár Zártkörüen Müködö Részvénytársaság Process for preparing and isolating rac-bicalutamide and its intermediates
EP1406855A4 (en) * 2001-06-13 2006-04-19 Teva Gyogyszergyar Reszvenytar Novel process for preparing rac-bicalutamide and its intermediates
WO2004111077A1 (en) 2003-06-18 2004-12-23 Tranzyme Pharma Inc. Macrocyclic antagonists of the motilin receptor
CN113582863B (en) * 2021-08-19 2023-05-26 沈阳农业大学 Aminoethyl biphenyl compound and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995009001A1 (en) * 1993-09-30 1995-04-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995010514A1 (en) * 1993-10-15 1995-04-20 Schering Corporation Tricyclic sulfonamide compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
US5719148A (en) 1993-10-15 1998-02-17 Schering Corporation Tricyclic amide and urea compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
EP0723538B1 (en) 1993-10-15 2001-12-12 Schering Corporation Tricyclic carbamate compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
US5712280A (en) 1995-04-07 1998-01-27 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of G-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases
IL117798A (en) 1995-04-07 2001-11-25 Schering Plough Corp Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
US5891872A (en) 1995-04-07 1999-04-06 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds
US5756528A (en) 1995-06-06 1998-05-26 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
JP2000504017A (en) 1996-01-30 2000-04-04 メルク エンド カンパニー インコーポレーテッド Farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitor
WO1997027853A1 (en) 1996-01-30 1997-08-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
AU712504B2 (en) 1996-01-30 1999-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
AU703203B2 (en) 1996-01-30 1999-03-18 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
JP2000507586A (en) 1996-04-03 2000-06-20 メルク エンド カンパニー インコーポレーテッド Farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitor
JP2000507584A (en) 1996-04-03 2000-06-20 メルク エンド カンパニー インコーポレーテッド Farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitor
CA2266014A1 (en) 1996-09-13 1998-03-19 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds useful for inhibition of farnesyl protein transferase
US6297239B1 (en) * 1997-10-08 2001-10-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
EP1090011A4 (en) * 1998-07-02 2005-04-06 Merck & Co Inc Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995009001A1 (en) * 1993-09-30 1995-04-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1091736A4 *

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6316436B1 (en) 1998-12-08 2001-11-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6632818B2 (en) 2000-01-12 2003-10-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6566385B2 (en) 2000-01-12 2003-05-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6525074B2 (en) 2000-01-12 2003-02-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6413964B1 (en) 2000-01-12 2002-07-02 Desolms S. Jane Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6350755B1 (en) 2000-01-12 2002-02-26 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001064218A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations
WO2001064195A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-03-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor nucleoside derivatives
WO2001064195A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor nucleoside derivatives
WO2001064197A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor anthracycline derivatives
WO2001064226A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with platinum compounds
WO2001064194A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with camptothecin compounds
WO2001064226A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-03-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with platinum compounds
WO2001064194A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-03-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with camptothecin compounds
WO2001064218A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-03-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations
WO2001064197A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-03-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor anthracycline derivatives
WO2001064198A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-03-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor podophyllotoxin derivatives
WO2001064198A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with anti-tumor podophyllotoxin derivatives
WO2001064196A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-03-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with vinca alkaloids
WO2001064217A3 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-03-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations of a farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor with nitrogen mustard or nitrosourea alkylating agents
WO2001064217A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Combinations of a farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor with nitrogen mustard or nitrosourea alkylating agents
WO2001064196A2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitor combinations with vinca alkaloids
US6534506B2 (en) 2000-04-10 2003-03-18 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6610722B2 (en) 2000-04-10 2003-08-26 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001081316A3 (en) * 2000-04-27 2002-05-23 Abbott Lab Substituted phenyl farnesyltransferase inhibitors
WO2001081316A2 (en) * 2000-04-27 2001-11-01 Abbott Laboratories Substituted phenyl farnesyltransferase inhibitors
WO2002002108A1 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2023015559A1 (en) * 2021-08-13 2023-02-16 Nutshell Biotech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Macrocycle compounds as inhibitors of ras

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6358985B1 (en) 2002-03-19
JP2002519376A (en) 2002-07-02
EP1091736A1 (en) 2001-04-18
EP1091736A4 (en) 2001-10-24
AU760027B2 (en) 2003-05-08
CA2336054A1 (en) 2000-01-13
AU4726799A (en) 2000-01-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU760027B2 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US20020052363A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
EP1165084A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferases
WO2000001702A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
EP1014984A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2000034437A2 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001060815A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001060368A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6410534B1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001051128A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001060458A2 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001045707A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2002060868A2 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
US6335343B1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2000034239A2 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001051127A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001077114A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001045704A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2001051125A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2002078702A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
WO2002020015A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
EP1158984A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
AU2002249870A1 (en) Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CN CU CZ EE GD GE HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KG KR KZ LC LK LR LT LV MD MG MK MN MX NO NZ PL RO RU SG SI SK TJ TM TR TT UA US UZ VN YU ZA

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1999930819

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2336054

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 2000 557828

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 47267/99

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1999930819

Country of ref document: EP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1999930819

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 47267/99

Country of ref document: AU